summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/64649-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/64649-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/64649-0.txt6909
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 6909 deletions
diff --git a/old/64649-0.txt b/old/64649-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 81c76bf..0000000
--- a/old/64649-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6909 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Herschels and Modern Astronomy, by Agnes
-Mary Clerke
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
-will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
-using this eBook.
-
-Title: The Herschels and Modern Astronomy
-
-Author: Agnes Mary Clerke
-
-Release Date: February 27, 2021 [eBook #64649]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-Produced by: Fay Dunn, Charlie Howard, and the Online Distributed
- Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
- produced from images generously made available by The Internet
- Archive)
-
-*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HERSCHELS AND MODERN
-ASTRONOMY ***
-
-
-
-
-THE CENTURY SCIENCE SERIES.
-
- EDITED BY SIR HENRY E. ROSCOE, D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S.
-
-
- THE HERSCHELS
- AND
- _MODERN ASTRONOMY_
-
-
-
-
-The Century Science Series.
-
-EDITED BY
-
-SIR HENRY E. ROSCOE, D.C.L., F.R.S., M.P.
-
-
- =John Dalton and the Rise of Modern Chemistry.=
- By Sir HENRY E. ROSCOE, F.R.S.
-
- =Major Rennell, F.R.S., and the Rise of English Geography.=
- By CLEMENTS R. MARKHAM, C.B., F.R.S., President of the Royal
- Geographical Society.
-
- =The Herschels and Modern Astronomy.=
- By Miss AGNES M. CLERKE, Author of “A Popular History of
- Astronomy during the 19th Century,” &c.
-
-
- _In Preparation._
-
- =Justus von Liebig: his Life and Work.=
- By W. A. SHENSTONE, Science Master in Clifton College.
-
- =Michael Faraday: his Life and Work.=
- By Professor SILVANUS P. THOMPSON, F.R.S.
-
- =Clerk Maxwell and Modern Physics.=
- By R. T. GLAZEBROOK, F.R.S., Fellow of Trinity College,
- Cambridge.
-
- =Charles Lyell: his Life and Work.=
- By Rev. Professor T. G. BONNEY, F.R.S.
-
- =Humphry Davy.=
- By T. E. THORPE, F.R.S., Principal Chemist of the Government
- Laboratories.
-
- =Pasteur: his Life and Work.=
- By ARMAND RUFFER, Director of the British Institute of
- Preventive Medicine.
-
- =Charles Darwin and the Origin of Species.=
- By EDWARD B. POULTON, M.A., F.R.S., Hope Professor of Zoology
- in the University of Oxford.
-
- =Hermann von Helmholtz.=
- By A. W. RÜCKER, F.R.S., Professor of Physics in the Royal
- College of Science, London.
-
-
-CASSELL & COMPANY, LIMITED, _London; Paris & Melbourne_.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: SIR WILLIAM HERSCHEL.
-
-_Ætat. 50._
-
-(_From Abbott’s painting in the National Portrait Gallery._)]
-
-
-
-
- _THE CENTURY SCIENCE SERIES._
-
- THE HERSCHELS
- AND
- _MODERN ASTRONOMY_
-
- BY
- AGNES M. CLERKE
-
- AUTHOR OF
- “A POPULAR HISTORY OF ASTRONOMY DURING THE 19TH CENTURY,”
- “THE SYSTEM OF THE STARS,” ETC.
-
-
- CASSELL AND COMPANY, LIMITED
- _LONDON, PARIS & MELBOURNE_
- 1895
-
- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-PREFACE.
-
-
-The chief authority for the Life of Sir William Herschel is Mrs. John
-Herschel’s “Memoir of Caroline Herschel” (London, 1876). It embodies
-Caroline’s Journals and Recollections, the accuracy of which is
-above suspicion. William himself, indeed, referred to her for dates
-connected with his early life. The collateral sources of information
-are few and meagre; they yield mere gleanings, yet gleanings worth
-collecting. Professor E. S. Holden has had recourse to many of them
-for his excellent little monograph entitled “Herschel, his Life and
-Works” (London, 1881), which is usefully supplemented by “A Synopsis
-of the Scientific Writings of Sir William Herschel,” prepared by the
-same author with the aid of Professor Hastings. It made part of the
-Smithsonian Report for 1880, and was printed separately at Washington
-in 1881. But the wonderful series of papers it summarises have still
-to be sought, one by one, by those desiring to study them effectually,
-in the various volumes of the _Philosophical Transactions_ in which
-they originally appeared. Their collection and republication is,
-nevertheless, a recognised desideratum, and would fill a conspicuous
-gap in scientific literature.
-
-Sir John Herschel’s life has yet to be written. The published materials
-for it are scanty, although they have been reinforced by the inclusion
-in the late Mr. Graves’s “Life of Sir William Rowan Hamilton” (Dublin,
-1882–9) of his correspondence with that remarkable man. The present
-writer has, however, been favoured by the late Miss Herschel, and by
-Sir William J. Herschel, with the perusal of a considerable number of
-Sir John Herschel’s, as well as of Sir William’s, manuscript letters.
-She also gratefully acknowledges the kind help afforded to her by Lady
-Gordon and Miss Herschel in connection with the portraits reproduced
-in this volume. For detailed bibliographical references, the articles
-on Sir John, Sir William, and Caroline Herschel, in the “Dictionary of
-National Biography,” may be consulted.
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS.
-
-
- PAGE
- CHAPTER
- I.--EARLY LIFE OF WILLIAM HERSCHEL 9
-
- II.--THE KING’S ASTRONOMER 32
-
- III.--THE EXPLORER OF THE HEAVENS 53
-
- IV.--HERSCHEL’S SPECIAL INVESTIGATIONS 75
-
- V.--THE INFLUENCE OF HERSCHEL’S CAREER ON MODERN ASTRONOMY 98
-
- VI.--CAROLINE HERSCHEL 115
-
- VII.--SIR JOHN HERSCHEL AT CAMBRIDGE AND SLOUGH 142
-
- VIII.--EXPEDITION TO THE CAPE 162
-
- IX.--LIFE AT COLLINGWOOD 183
-
- X.--WRITINGS AND EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATIONS 203
-
-
-
-
-ILLUSTRATIONS.
-
-
- PAGE
- PORTRAIT OF SIR WILLIAM HERSCHEL _Frontispiece_
-
- PORTRAIT OF CAROLINE HERSCHEL 115
-
- PORTRAIT OF SIR JOHN HERSCHEL 142
-
-
-
-
-THE HERSCHELS
-
-AND
-
-MODERN ASTRONOMY.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I.
-
-EARLY LIFE OF WILLIAM HERSCHEL.
-
-
-William Herschel was descended from one of three brothers, whose
-Lutheran opinions made it expedient for them to quit Moravia early
-in the seventeenth century. Hans Herschel thereupon settled as a
-brewer at Pirna, in Saxony; his son Abraham rose to some repute as
-a landscape-gardener in the royal service at Dresden; and Abraham’s
-youngest son, Isaac, brought into the world with him, in 1707, an
-irresistible instinct and aptitude for music. Having studied at Berlin,
-he made his way in 1731 to Hanover, where he was immediately appointed
-oboist in the band of the Hanoverian Guard. A year later he married
-Anna Ilse Moritzen, by whom he had ten children. The fourth of these,
-Frederick William, known to fame as _William_ Herschel, was born
-November 15th, 1738.
-
-His brilliant faculties quickly displayed themselves. At the
-garrison-school he easily distanced his brother Jacob, his senior
-by four years, and learned besides, privately, whatever French and
-mathematics the master could teach him. He showed also a pronounced
-talent for music, and was already, at fourteen, a proficient on the
-hautboy and violin. In this direction lay his manifest destiny. His
-father was now bandmaster of the Guard; he was poor, and had no other
-provision to give his sons than to train them in his own art; and
-thus William, driven by necessity to become self-supporting while
-still a boy, entered the band as oboist in 1753. They were a family
-of musicians. Of the six who reached maturity, only Mrs. Griesbach,
-the elder daughter, gave no sign of personally owning a share in the
-common gift, which descended, nevertheless, to her five sons, all noted
-performers on sundry instruments.
-
-William Herschel accompanied his regiment to England in 1755, with his
-father and elder brother. He returned a year later, bringing with him
-a copy of Locke “On the Human Understanding,” upon which he had spent
-the whole of his small savings. Two of the three volumes thus acquired
-were recovered by his sister after seventy years, and transmitted to
-his son. The breaking-out of the Seven Years’ War proved decisive as to
-his future life. Campaigning hardships visibly told upon his health;
-his parents resolved, at all hazards, to rescue him from them; and
-accordingly, after the disaster at Hastenbeck, July 26th, 1757, they
-surreptitiously shipped him off to England. By this adventure, since he
-was in the military service of the Elector of Hanover, George III. of
-England, he incurred the penalties of desertion; but they were never
-exacted, and were remitted by the King himself in 1782.
-
-William Herschel was in his nineteenth year when he landed at Dover
-with a French crown-piece in his pocket. Necessity or prudence kept
-him for some time obscure; and we next hear of him as having played a
-solo on the violin at one of Barbandt’s concerts in London, February
-15th, 1760. In the same year he was engaged by the Earl of Darlington
-to train the band of the Durham Militia, when his shining qualities
-brought him to the front. The officers of the regiment looked with
-astonishment on the phenomenal young German who had dropped among them
-from some cloudy region; who spoke English perfectly, played like a
-virtuoso, and possessed a curious stock of varied knowledge. Their
-account of him at a mess-dinner excited the curiosity of Dr. Miller,
-organist and historian of Doncaster, who, having heard him perform a
-violin solo by Giardini, fell into a rapture, and invited him on the
-spot to live with him.
-
-He left nothing undone for the advancement of his _protégé_; procured
-for him tuitions and leading concert engagements; and encouraged him,
-in 1765, to compete for the post of organist at Halifax. Herschel’s
-special qualifications were small; his chief rival, Dr. Wainwright, was
-a skilled player, and at the trial performance evoked much applause
-by his brilliant execution. Only the builder of the organ, an odd
-old German named Schnetzler, showed dissatisfaction, exclaiming:
-“He run about the keys like one cat; he gif my pipes no time for to
-shpeak.” Then Herschel mounted the loft, and the church was filled
-with a majestic volume of sound, under cover of which a stately melody
-made itself heard. The “Old Hundredth” followed, with equal effect.
-Schnetzler was beside himself with delight. “I vil luf dis man,” he
-cried, “because he git my pipes time for to shpeak.” Herschel had
-virtually provided himself with four hands. A pair of leaden weights
-brought in his pocket served to keep down two keys an octave apart,
-while he improvised a slow air to suit the continuous bass thus
-mechanically supplied. The artifice secured him the victory.
-
-This anecdote is certainly authentic. It is related by Dr. Miller from
-personal knowledge. Nor is it inconsistent with a story told by Joah
-Bates, of King’s College, Cambridge, a passionate lover of music.
-Repairing to Halifax, his native place, to conduct the “Messiah” at
-the opening of a new organ, he was accosted in the church by a young
-man, who asked for an opportunity of practising on it. Although as yet,
-he said, unacquainted with the instrument, he aspired to the place of
-organist; and the absolute certitude of his manner so impressed Bates
-that he not only granted his request, but became his warm patron.
-The young man’s name was William Herschel. We hear, further, on Dr.
-Burney’s authority, that he played first violin in Bates’s orchestra.
-
-But the tide of his fortunes was flowing, and he knew how to “take it
-at the flood.” Early in 1766 he removed to Bath as oboist in Linley’s
-celebrated orchestra, which played daily in the Pump Room to enliven
-the parade of blushing damsels and ruffling gallants pictured to our
-fancy in Miss Austen’s novels. Bath was then what Beau Nash had made
-it--the very focus of polite society. Turbans nodded over cards; gigs
-threaded their way along Union Passage; Cheap Street was blocked with
-vehicles; the Lower Rooms witnessed the nightly evolutions of the
-country-dance; the Grove, as Doran reminds us, was brilliant with
-beauty, coquelicot ribbons, smart pelisses, laced coats, and ninepins.
-The feat of “tipping all nine for a guinea” was frequently performed;
-and further excitement might be had by merely plucking some lampoons
-from the trees, which seemed to bear them as their natural fruit.
-Music, too, was in high vogue. The theatres were thronged; and Miss
-Linley’s exquisite voice was still heard in the concert-halls.
-
-On the 4th of October, 1767, the new Octagon Chapel was opened for
-service, with Herschel as organist. How it was that he obtained this
-“agreeable and lucrative situation” we are ignorant; but he had that
-singular capacity for distinction which explains everything. The
-Octagon Chapel became a centre of fashionable attraction, and he soon
-found himself lifted on the wave of public favour. Pupils of high
-rank thronged to him, and his lessons often mounted to thirty-five a
-week. He composed anthems, psalm-tunes, even full services for his
-assiduously-trained choir. His family were made sharers in his success.
-He secured a post in Linley’s orchestra for his younger brother
-Alexander, in 1771; and he himself fetched his sister Caroline to Bath
-in 1772. Both were of very considerable help to him in his musical and
-other enterprises, the latter of which gradually gained ground over the
-former.
-
-Music was never everything to William Herschel. He cultivated it with
-ardour; composed with facility in the prevalent graceful Italian style;
-possessed a keen appreciation and perfect taste. But a musical career,
-however brilliant, did not satisfy him. The inner promptings of genius
-told him to look beyond. The first thirty-five years of his life
-were thus spent in diligently preparing to respond to an undeclared
-vocation. Nothing diverted him from his purpose of self-improvement.
-At first, he aimed chiefly at mastering the knowledge connected
-with his profession. With a view to the theory of music, “I applied
-myself early,” he said, in a slight autobiographical sketch sent to
-Lichtenberg at Göttingen, “to all the branches of the mathematics,
-algebra, conic sections, fluxions, etc. Contracting thereby an
-insatiable desire for knowledge in general, I extended my application
-to languages--French, Italian, Latin, English--and determined to devote
-myself entirely to the pursuit of knowledge, in which I resolved to
-place all my future enjoyment and felicity. This resolution I have
-never had occasion to change.” At Bath, in the midst of engrossing
-musical occupations, his zeal for study grew only the more intense.
-After fourteen or sixteen hours of teaching, he would “unbend his mind”
-by plunging into Maclaurin’s “Fluxions,” or retire to rest with a basin
-of milk, Smith’s “Opticks,” and Ferguson’s “Astronomy.” He had no
-sooner fallen under the spell of this last science than he “resolved to
-take nothing upon trust, but to see with my own eyes all that other men
-had seen before.”
-
-He hired, to begin with, a small reflector; but what it showed him
-merely whetted his curiosity. And the price of a considerably larger
-instrument proved to be more than he could afford to pay. Whereupon
-he took the momentous resolution of being, for the future, his own
-optician. This was in 1772. He at first tried fitting lenses into
-pasteboard tubes, with the poor results that can be imagined. Then he
-bought from a Quaker, who had dabbled in that line, the discarded
-rubbish of his tools, patterns, polishers, and abortive mirrors; and in
-June, 1773, when fine folk had mostly deserted Bath for summer resorts,
-work was begun in earnest. The house was turned topsy-turvy; the two
-brothers attacked the novel enterprise with boyish glee. Alexander,
-a born mechanician, set up a huge lathe in one of the bedrooms; a
-cabinet-maker was installed in the drawing-room; Caroline, in spite of
-secret dismay at such unruly proceedings, lent a hand, and kept meals
-going; William directed, inspired, toiled, with the ardour of a man
-who had staked his life on the issue. Meanwhile, music could not be
-neglected. Practising and choir-training went on; novelties for the
-ensuing season were prepared; compositions written, and parts copied.
-Then the winter brought the usual round of tuitions and performances,
-while all the time mirrors were being ground and polished, tried and
-rejected, without intermission. At last, after _two hundred_ failures,
-a tolerable reflecting telescope was produced, about five inches in
-aperture, and of five and a half feet focal length. The outcome may
-seem small for so great an expenditure of pains; but those two hundred
-failures made the Octagon Chapel organist an expert, unapproached
-and unapproachable, in the construction of specula. With his new
-instrument, on March 4th, 1774, he observed the Nebula in Orion; and a
-record of this beginning of his astronomical work is still preserved by
-the Royal Society.
-
-William Herschel was now, as to age, _in mezzo cammin_. He had numbered
-just so many years as had Dante when he began the “Divina Commedia.”
-But he had not, like Dante, been thrown off the rails of life. The
-rush of a successful professional career was irresistibly carrying him
-along. Almost any other man would have had all his faculties absorbed
-in it. Herschel’s were only stimulated by the occupations which it
-brought. Yet they were of a peculiarly absorbing nature. Music is
-the most exclusive of arts. In turning aside, after half a lifetime
-spent in its cultivation, to seek his ideal elsewhere, Herschel took
-an unparalleled course. And his choice was final. Music was long his
-pursuit, astronomy his pastime; a fortunate event enabled him to make
-astronomy his pursuit, while keeping music for a pastime.
-
-Yet each demands a totally different kind of training, not only of
-the intellect, but of the senses. From his earliest childhood William
-Herschel’s nerves and brain had been specially educated to discriminate
-impressions of sound, and his muscles to the peculiar agility needed
-for their regulated and delicate production; while, up to the age of
-thirty-five, he had used his eyes no more purposefully than other
-people. The eye, nevertheless, requires cultivation as much as the ear.
-“You must not expect to _see at sight_,” he told Alexander Aubert, of
-Loam Pit Hill, in 1782. And he wrote to Sir William Watson: “Seeing is
-in some respects an art which must be learnt. Many a night have I been
-practising to see, and it would be strange if one did not acquire a
-certain dexterity by such constant practice.” A critical observation,
-he added, could no more be expected from a novice at the telescope than
-a performance of one of Handel’s organ-fugues from a beginner in music.
-In this difficult art of vision he rapidly became an adept. Taking into
-account the full extent of his powers, the opinion has been expressed,
-and can scarcely be contradicted, that he never had an equal.
-
-At midsummer, 1774, Herschel removed from No. 7, New King Street, to a
-house situated near Walcot Turnpike, Bath. A grass-plot was attached
-to the new residence, and it afforded convenient space for workshops.
-For already he designed to “carry improvements in telescopes to their
-utmost extent,” and “to leave no spot of the heavens unvisited.” An
-unprecedented ambition! No son of Adam had ever before entertained
-the like. To search into the recesses of space, to sound its depths,
-to dredge up from them their shining contents, to classify these, to
-investigate their nature, and trace their mutual relations, was what he
-proposed to do, having first provided the requisite optical means. All
-this in the intervals of professional toils, with no resources except
-those supplied by his genius and ardour, with no experience beyond that
-painfully gained during the progress of his gigantic task.
-
-Since the time of Huygens, no systematic attempt had been made to add
-to the power of the telescope. For the study of the planetary surfaces,
-upon which he and his contemporaries were mainly intent, such addition
-was highly desirable. But Newton’s discovery profoundly modified the
-aims of astronomers. Their essential business then became that of
-perfecting the theories of the heavenly bodies. Whether or not they
-moved in perfect accordance with the law of gravitation was the crucial
-question of the time. Newton’s generalisation was on its trial. Now and
-again it almost seemed as if about to fail. But difficulties arose only
-to be overcome, and before the eighteenth century closed the superb
-mechanism of the planetary system was elucidated. Working flexibly
-under the control of a single dominant force, it was shown to possess a
-self-righting power which secured its indefinite duration. Imperishable
-as the temple of Poseidon, it might be swayed by disturbances, but
-could not be overthrown.
-
-The two fundamental conclusions--that the Newtonian law is universally
-valid, and that the solar system is a stable structure--were reached
-by immense and sustained labours. Their establishment was due, in the
-main, to the mathematical genius of Clairaut, D’Alembert, Lagrange,
-and Laplace. But refined analysis demands refined data; hence the need
-for increased accuracy of observation grew continually more urgent.
-Attention was accordingly concentrated upon measuring, with the utmost
-exactitude, the places at determinate epochs of the heavenly bodies.
-The one thing needful was to learn the “when” and “where” of each of
-them--that is, to obtain such information as the transit-instrument is
-adapted to give. In this way the deviations of the moon and planets
-from their calculated courses became known; and upon the basis of
-these “errors” improved theories were built, then again compared with
-corrected observations.
-
-For these ends, large telescopes would have been useless. They were
-not, however, those that Herschel had in view. The _nature_ of the orbs
-around us, not their motions, formed the subject of his inquiries,
-with which modern descriptive astronomy virtually originated. He was,
-moreover, the founder of sidereal astronomy. The stars had, until
-his career began, received little _primary_ attention. They were
-regarded and observed simply as reference-points by which to track the
-movements of planets, comets, and the moon. Indispensable for fiducial
-purposes, they almost escaped consideration for themselves. They were,
-indeed, thought to lie beyond the reach of effective investigation.
-Only the outbursts of temporary stars, and the fluctuations of two
-or three periodical ones, had roused special interest, and seemed
-deserving of particular inquiry.
-
-Of the dim objects called “nebulæ,” Halley had counted up half a
-dozen in 1714; Lacaille compiled a list of forty-two at the Cape,
-in 1752–55; and Messier published at Paris, in 1771, a catalogue of
-forty-five, enlarged to one hundred and three in 1781. He tabulated,
-only to rid himself of embarrassments from them. For he was _by trade_
-a comet-hunter, and, until he hit upon this expedient, had been much
-harassed in its exercise by mistakes of identity.
-
-But Herschel did not merely “pick up;” he explored. This was what no
-one before him had thought of doing. A “review of the heavens” was a
-complete novelty. The magnificence of the idea, which was rooted in his
-mind from the start, places him apart from, and above, all preceding
-observers.
-
-To its effective execution telescopic development was essential.
-The two projects of optical improvement and of sidereal scrutiny
-went together. The skies could be fathomed, if at all, only by means
-of light-collecting engines of unexampled power. Rays enfeebled by
-distance should be rendered effective by concentration. Stratum after
-stratum of bodies--
-
- “Clusters and beds of worlds, and bee-like swarms
- Of suns and starry streams,”
-
-previously unseen, and even unsuspected, might, by the strong focussing
-of their feebly-surviving rays, be brought to human cognisance. The
-contemplated “reviews” would then be complete just in proportion to the
-grasp of the instrument used in making them.
-
-The first was scarcely more than a reconnaissance. It was made in
-1775, with a small reflector of the Newtonian make.[A] Its upshot was
-to impress him with the utter disproportion between his daring plans
-and the means as yet at his disposal. Speculum-casting accordingly
-recommenced with fresh vigour. Seven- and ten-foot mirrors were
-succeeded by others of twelve, and even of twenty feet focal length.
-The finishing of them was very laborious. It was at that time a manual
-process, during the course of which the hands could not be removed from
-the metal without injury to its figure. One stretch of such work lasted
-sixteen hours, Miss Herschel meantime, “by way of keeping him alive,”
-putting occasional morsels of food into the diligent polisher’s mouth.
-His mode of procedure was to cast and finish many mirrors of each
-sort; then to select the best by trial, and repolish the remainder. In
-this manner he made, before 1781, “not less than 200 seven-foot, 150
-ten-foot, and about 80 twenty-foot mirrors, not to mention those of the
-Gregorian form.” Repolishing operations were, moreover, accompanied
-by constant improvements, so that each successive speculum tended to
-surpass its predecessors.
-
- [A] In “Newtonian” telescopes the image formed by the large
- speculum is obliquely reflected from a small plane mirror
- to the side of the tube, where it is viewed with an
- ordinary eye-piece. With a “Gregorian,” the observer looks
- straight forward, the image being thrown back by a little
- _concave_ mirror through a central perforation in the
- speculum where the eye-piece is fitted.
-
-These absorbing occupations were interrupted by the unwelcome news
-that Dietrich, the youngest of the Herschel family, had decamped from
-Hanover “with a young idler” like himself. William instantly started
-for Holland, where the fugitive was supposed to be about to take
-ship for India, but missed his track; and, after having extended his
-journey to Hanover to comfort his anxious mother--his father had died
-in 1767--returned sadly to Bath. There, to his immense surprise, he
-found the scapegrace in strict charge of his sister, “who kept him to
-a diet of roasted apples and barley-water.” His ineffectual escapade
-had terminated with an attack of illness at Wapping, whither Alexander
-Herschel, on learning how matters stood, had posted off to take him in
-charge and watch his recovery. Musical occupation was easily procured
-for him at Bath, since he was an accomplished violinist--had, indeed,
-started on his unprosperous career in the guise of an infant prodigy;
-but he threw it up in 1779 and drifted back to Hanover, married a Miss
-Reif, and settled down to live out a fairly long term of shiftless,
-albeit harmless, existence.
-
-In 1776 William Herschel succeeded Thomas Linley, Sheridan’s
-father-in-law, as Director of the Public Concerts at Bath. His duties
-in this capacity, while the season lasted, were most onerous. He had to
-engage performers, to appease discontents, to supply casual failures,
-to write glees and catches expressly adapted to the voices of his
-executants, frequently to come forward himself as a soloist on the
-hautboy or the harpsichord. The services of his brother Alexander, a
-renowned violoncellist, and of his sister, by this time an excellent
-singer, were now invaluable to him. Nor for musical purposes solely.
-The vision of the skies was never lost sight of, and the struggle
-to realise it in conjunction with his sympathetic helpers absorbed
-every remnant of time. At meals the only topics of conversation were
-mechanical devices for improving success and averting failure. William
-ate with a pencil in his hand, and a project in his head. Between the
-acts at the theatre, he might be seen running from the harpsichord to
-his telescope. After a rehearsal or a morning performance, he would
-dash off to the workshop in periwig and lace ruffles, and leave it
-but too often with those delicate adjuncts to his attire torn and
-pitch-bespattered. Accidents, too, menacing life and limb, were a
-consequence of that “uncommon precipitancy which accompanied all his
-actions;” but he escaped intact, save for the loss of a finger-nail.
-
-His introduction to the learned world of Bath was thus described by
-himself:--
-
- “About the latter end of December, 1779, I happened to be
- engaged in a series of observations on the lunar mountains;
- and the moon being in front of my house, late in the evening I
- brought my seven-feet reflector into the street, and directed
- it to the object of my observations. Whilst I was looking into
- the telescope, a gentleman, coming by the place where I was
- stationed, stopped to look at the instrument. When I took my
- eye off the telescope, he very politely asked if he might be
- permitted to look in, and this being immediately conceded, he
- expressed great satisfaction at the view.”
-
-The inquisitive stranger called next morning, and proved to be Dr.
-(later Sir William) Watson. He formed on the spot an unalterable
-friendship for the moon-struck musician, and introduced him to a
-Philosophical Society which held its meetings at his father’s house.
-Herschel’s earliest essays were read before it, but they remained
-unpublished. His first printed composition appeared in the “Ladies’
-Diary” for 1780. It was an answer to a prize question on the vibration
-of strings.
-
-The long series of his communications to the Royal Society of London
-opened May 11th, 1780, with a discussion of his observations, begun in
-October, 1777, of Mira, the variable star in the neck of the Whale. As
-to the theory of its changes, he agreed with Keill that they could best
-be explained by supposing rotation on an axis to bring a lucid side and
-a side obscured by spots alternately into view. A second paper by him
-on the Mountains of the Moon was read on the same day. He measured, in
-all, about one hundred of these peaks and craters.
-
-In January, 1781, there came an essay stamped with the peculiar impress
-of his genius, entitled “Astronomical Observations on the Rotation of
-the Planets round their Axes, made with a view to determine whether the
-earth’s diurnal motion is perfectly equable.” It embodied an attempt to
-apply a definite criterion to the time-keeping of our planet. But the
-prospect is exceedingly remote of rating one planet-clock by the other.
-Herschel’s methods of inquiry are, however, aptly illustrated in this
-curiously original paper. His speculations always invited the control
-of facts. If facts were not at hand, he tried somehow to collect them.
-The untrammelled play of fancy was no more to his mind than it was to
-Newton’s. His ardent scientific imagination was thus, by the sobriety
-of his reason, effectively enlisted in the cause of progress.
-
-Herschel began in 1780 his second review of the heavens, using a
-seven-foot Newtonian, of 6¼ inches aperture, with a magnifying power
-of 227. “For distinctness of vision,” he said, “this instrument is,
-perhaps, equal to any that was ever made.” His praise was amply
-justified. As he worked his way with it through the constellation
-Gemini, on the night of March 13th, 1781, an unprecedented event
-occurred. “A new planet swam into his ken.” He did not recognise it as
-such. He could only be certain that it was not a fixed star. His keen
-eye, armed with a perfect telescope, discerned at once that the object
-had a disc; and the application of higher powers showed the disc to be
-a substantial reality. The stellar “patines of bright gold” will not
-stand this test. Being of purely optical production, they gain nothing
-by magnification.
-
-At that epoch new planets had not yet begun to be found by the dozen.
-Five, besides the earth, had been known from the remotest antiquity.
-Five, and no more, seemed to have a prescriptive right to exist. The
-boundaries of the solar system were of immemorial establishment. It was
-scarcely conceivable that they should need to be enlarged. The notion
-did not occur to Herschel. His discovery was modestly imparted to the
-Royal Society as “An Account of a Comet.” He had, indeed, noticed
-that the supposed comet moved in planetary fashion from west to east,
-and very near the ecliptic; and, after a few months, its true nature
-was virtually proved by Lexell of St. Petersburg. On November 28th,
-Herschel measured, with his freshly-invented “lamp-micrometer,” the
-diameter of this “singular star;” and it was not until a year later,
-November 7th, 1782, that he felt sufficiently sure of its planetary
-status to exercise his right of giving it a name. Yet this, in the
-long run, he failed to accomplish. The appellation “Georgium Sidus,”
-bestowed in honour of his patron, George III., never crossed the
-Channel, and has long since gone out of fashion amongst ourselves.
-Lalande tried to get the new planet called “Herschel;” but the title
-“Uranus,” proposed by Bode, of Berlin, was the “fittest,” and survived.
-
-This discovery made the turning-point of Herschel’s career. It
-transformed him from a music-master into an astronomer. Without it
-his vast abilities would probably have been in great measure wasted.
-No man could long have borne the strain of so arduous a double life
-as he was then leading. Relief from it came just in time. It is true
-that fame, being often more of a hindrance than a help, brought
-embarrassments in its train. In November, 1781, Herschel was compelled
-to break the complex web of his engagements at Bath by a journey to
-London for the purpose of receiving in person the Copley Medal awarded
-to him by the Royal Society, of which body he was, some days later,
-elected a Fellow. At home, he was persecuted by admirers; and they
-were invariably received with an easy suavity of manner that gave no
-hint of preoccupation. Everyone of scientific pretension who visited
-Bath sought an interview with the extraordinary man who, by way of
-interlude to pressing duties, had built telescopes of unheard-of
-power, and performed the startling feat of adding a primary member
-to the solar system. Among the few of these callers whose names have
-been preserved were Sir Harry Englefield, Sir Charles Blagden, and Dr.
-Maskelyne, then, and for thirty years afterwards, Astronomer-Royal.
-“With the latter,” Miss Herschel relates, “he (William) was engaged
-in a long conversation which to me sounded like quarrelling, and the
-first words my brother said after he was gone were, ‘That is a devil
-of a fellow!’” The phrase was doubtless meant as a sign of regard, for
-the acquaintance thus begun ripened into cordial intimacy. And William
-Herschel never lost or forgot a friend.
-
-As regards music alone, the winter of 1781–82 was an exceptionally busy
-one. He had arranged to conduct, jointly with Rauzzini, a Roman singer
-and composer, a series of oratorios; undertaking, besides, pecuniary
-responsibilities which turned out little to his advantage. The labour,
-vexation, and disappointment involved in carrying out this unlucky plan
-can readily be imagined. But neither the pressure of business, nor
-the distractions of celebrity, checked the ardour of his scientific
-advance. The review which afforded him the discovery of Uranus, and the
-materials for his first catalogue of 269 double stars, was completed
-in 1781; and a third, made with the same beautiful instrument, bearing
-the high magnifying power of 460, was promptly begun. This had for one
-of its special objects the ascertainment of possible changes in the
-heavens since Flamsteed’s time; and in the course of it many thousands
-of stars came under scrutiny, directed to ascertain their magnitude and
-colour, singleness or duplicity, hazy or defined aspect.
-
-The first of Herschel’s _effective_ twenty-foot telescopes was erected
-at 19, New King Street, in the summer of 1781. Enclosing a mirror
-twelve inches in diameter, it far surpassed any seeing-machine that had
-ever existed in the world. Yet its maker regarded it as only marking
-a step in his upward progress. A speculum of thirty-feet focus was
-the next object of his ambition. For its achievement no amount of
-exertion was counted too great. Its composition was regulated by fresh
-experiments on various alloys of copper and tin. Its weight and shape
-were again and again calculated, and the methods appropriate to its
-production earnestly discussed. “I saw nothing else,” Caroline Herschel
-tells us, “and heard nothing else talked of but these things when my
-brothers were together.”[B]
-
- [B] In borrowing Miss Herschel’s lively narratives and
- comments, some obvious slips in grammar and construction
- have been corrected. Quotations, too, from the writings
- of Sir William and Sir John Herschel are often slightly
- abridged.
-
-“The mirror,” she continues, “was to be cast in a mould of loam
-prepared from horse-dung, of which an immense quantity was to be
-pounded in a mortar and sifted through a fine sieve. It was an endless
-piece of work, and served me for many an hour’s exercise; and Alex
-frequently took his turn at it, for we were all eager to do something
-towards the great undertaking. Even Sir William Watson would sometimes
-take the pestle from me when he found me in the work-room.”
-
-The matter was never out of the master’s thoughts. “If a minute could
-but be spared in going from one scholar to another, or giving one the
-slip, he called at home to see how the men went on with the furnace,
-which was built in a room below, even with the garden.”
-
-At last, the concert season being over, and everything in readiness
-for the operation of casting, “the metal,” we hear from the same
-deeply-interested eyewitness, “was in the furnace; but, unfortunately,
-it began to leak at the moment when ready for pouring, and both my
-brothers, and the caster with his men, were obliged to run out at
-opposite doors, for the stone flooring, which ought to have been taken
-up, flew about in all directions, as high as the ceiling. My poor
-brother William fell, exhausted with heat and exertion, on a heap of
-brickbats. Before the second casting was attempted, everything which
-could ensure success had been attended to, and a very perfect metal was
-found in the mould, which had cracked in the cooling.”
-
-This second failure terminated the enterprise. Not that it was
-abandoned as hopeless, but because of a total change in the current of
-affairs. Herschel’s fame had stirred the royal curiosity, and rumours
-had now and again reached Bath that he was to be sent for to court. In
-the spring of 1782 the actual mandate arrived; and on May 8th, leaving
-his pupils and his projects to shift for themselves, he set out for
-London. He carried with him his favourite seven-foot reflector, and all
-the apparatus necessary for viewing double stars and other objects of
-interest. On May 25th he wrote to his sister:--
-
-“I have had an audience of His Majesty this morning, and met with a
-very gracious reception. I presented him with the drawing of the solar
-system, and had the honour of explaining it to him and the Queen. My
-telescope is in three weeks’ time to go to Richmond, and meanwhile
-to be put up at Greenwich.... Tell Alexander that everything looks
-very like as if I were to stay here. The King enquired after him, and
-after my great speculum. He also gave me leave to come and hear the
-Griesbachs (Herschel’s nephews) play at the private concert which he
-has every evening.... All my papers are printing, and are allowed to
-be very valuable. You see, Lina, I tell you all these things. You
-know vanity is not my foible, therefore I need not fear your censure.
-Farewell.”
-
-His next letter is dated June 3rd, 1782. “I pass my time,” he informed
-“Lina,” “between Greenwich and London agreeably enough, but am rather
-at a loss for work that I like. Company is not always pleasing, and I
-would much rather be polishing a speculum. Last Friday I was at the
-King’s concert to hear George play. The King spoke to me as soon as he
-saw me, and kept me in conversation for half an hour. He asked George
-to play a solo-concerto on purpose that I might hear him.... I am
-introduced to the best company. To-morrow I dine at Lord Palmerston’s,
-next day with Sir Joseph Banks, etc. Among opticians and astronomers
-nothing now is talked of but _what they call_ my great discoveries.
-Alas! this shows how far they are behind, when such trifles as I have
-seen and done are called _great_. Let me but get at it again! I will
-make such telescopes and see such things--that is, I will endeavour to
-do so.”
-
-A comparison of his telescope with those at the Royal Observatory
-showed its striking superiority, although among them was one of Short’s
-famous Gregorians, of 9½ inches aperture. It had thus a reflecting
-surface above twice that of Herschel’s seven-foot, the competition
-with which was nevertheless so disastrous to its reputation that Dr.
-Maskelyne fell quite out of conceit with it, and doubted whether it
-_deserved_ the new stand constructed for it on the model of Herschel’s.
-
-In the midst of these scientific particulars, we hear incidentally that
-influenza was then so rife in London that “hardly one single person”
-escaped an attack.
-
-On July 2nd he made his first appearance as showman of the heavens to
-royalty. The scene of the display was Buckingham House (now Buckingham
-Palace). “It was a very fine evening,” he wrote to his sister. “My
-instrument gave general satisfaction. The King has very good eyes, and
-enjoys observations with telescopes exceedingly.”
-
-Next night, the King and Queen being absent at Kew, the Princesses
-desired an exhibition. But, since they objected to damp grass, the
-telescope, Herschel says, “was moved into the Queen’s apartments, and
-we waited some time in hopes of seeing Jupiter or Saturn. Meanwhile
-I showed the Princesses and several other ladies the speculum, the
-micrometers, the movements of the telescope, and other things that
-seemed to excite their curiosity. When the evening appeared to be
-totally unpromising, I proposed an artificial Saturn as an object,
-since we could not have the real one. I had beforehand prepared this
-little piece, as I guessed by the appearance of the weather in the
-afternoon we should have no stars to look at. This being accepted with
-great pleasure, I had the lamps lighted up, which illuminated the
-picture of a Saturn (cut out in pasteboard) at the bottom of the garden
-wall. The effect was fine, and so natural that the best astronomer
-might have been deceived. Their royal highnesses seemed to be much
-pleased with the artifice.” From a somewhat prolonged conversation,
-he judged them to be “extremely well instructed,” and “most amiable
-characters.”
-
-Shortly afterwards Herschel received the appointment of royal
-astronomer, with the modest salary of £200 a year. “Never,” exclaimed
-Sir William Watson on being made acquainted with its amount, “bought
-monarch honour so cheap!” The provision was assuredly not munificent;
-yet it sufficed to rescue a great man from submergence under the hard
-necessities of existence. The offer was critically timed. It was made
-precisely when teaching and concert-giving had come to appear an
-“intolerable waste of time” to one fired with a visionary passion.
-“Stout Cortes” staring at the Pacific, Ulysses starting from Ithaca to
-“sail beyond the sunset,” were not more eager for experience of the
-Unknown.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II.
-
-THE KING’S ASTRONOMER.
-
-
-William Herschel was now an appendage to the court of George III. He
-had to live near Windsor, and a large dilapidated house on Datchet
-Common was secured as likely to meet his unusual requirements. The
-“flitting” took place August 1, 1782. William was in the highest
-spirits. There were stables available for workrooms and furnaces; a
-spacious laundry that could be turned into a library; a fine lawn for
-the accommodation of the great reflector. Crumbling walls and holes
-in the roof gave him little or no concern; and if butcher’s meat was
-appallingly dear (as his sister lamented) the family could live on
-bacon and eggs! In this sunny spirit he entered upon the career of
-untold possibilities that lay before him.
-
-Nevertheless the King’s astronomer did not find it all plain sailing.
-His primary duty was to gratify the royal taste for astronomy, and this
-involved no trifling expenditure of time and toil. The transport of the
-seven-foot to the Queen’s lodge could be managed in the daylight, but
-its return-journey in the dark, after the conclusion of the celestial
-raree-show, was an expensive and a risky business; yet fetched back it
-should be unless a clear night were to be wasted--a thing not possible
-to contemplate. This kind of attendance was, however, considerately
-dispensed with when its troublesome nature came to be fully understood.
-Herschel’s treatment by George III. has often been condemned as
-selfish and niggardly; but with scant justice. In some respects, no
-doubt, it might advantageously have been modified. Still, the fact
-remains that the astronomer of Slough was the gift to science of the
-poor mad King. From no other crowned head has it ever received so
-incomparable an endowment.
-
-Herschel’s salary was undeniably small. It gave him the means of
-living, but not of observing, as he proposed to observe. If the
-improvement of telescopes were to be “carried to its utmost limit,”
-additional funds must be raised. Without an ample supply of the “sinews
-of war,” fresh campaigns of exploration were out of the question. There
-was one obvious way in which they could be provided. Herschel’s fame as
-an optician was spread throughout Europe. His telescopes were wanted
-everywhere, but could be had from himself alone; for the methods by
-which he wrought specula to a perfect figure are even now undivulged.
-They constituted, therefore, a source of profit upon which he could
-draw to almost any extent. He applied himself, accordingly, to make
-telescopes for sale. They brought in large sums. Six hundred guineas
-a-piece were paid to him by the King for four ten-foot reflectors; he
-received at a later date £3,150 for a twenty-five foot, sent to Spain;
-and in 1814 £2,310 from Lucien Bonaparte for two smaller instruments.
-The regular scale of prices (later considerably reduced) began with 200
-guineas for a seven-foot, and mounted to 2,500 for a twenty-foot; and
-the commissions executed were innumerable.
-
-But Herschel did not come into the world to drive a lucrative trade.
-It was undertaken, not for itself, but for what was to come of it; yet
-there was danger lest the end should be indefinitely postponed in the
-endeavour to secure the means.
-
-“It seemed to be supposed,” Miss Herschel remarked, “that enough had
-been done when my brother was enabled to leave his profession that he
-might have time to make and sell telescopes. But all this was only
-retarding the work of a thirty or forty-foot instrument, which it was
-his chief object to obtain as soon as possible; for he was then on the
-wrong side of forty-five, and felt how great an injustice he would be
-doing to himself and the cause of astronomy by giving up his time to
-making telescopes for other observers.”
-
-This he was, fortunately, not long obliged to do. A royal grant of
-£2,000 for the construction of the designed giant telescope, followed
-by another of equal amount, together with an annual allowance of
-£200 for its repairs, removed the last obstacle to his success. The
-wide distribution of first-class instruments might, indeed, have
-been thought to promise more for the advancement of astronomy than
-the labours of a single individual. No mistake could be greater. Not
-an observation worth mentioning was made with any of the numerous
-instruments sent out from Datchet or Slough, save only those acquired
-by Schröter and Pond. The rest either rusted idly, or were employed
-ineffectually, aptly illustrating the saying that “the man at the
-eye-end” is the truly essential part of a telescope.
-
-No one knew this better than Herschel. Every serene dark night was
-to him a precious opportunity availed of to the last minute. The
-thermometer might descend below zero, ink might freeze, mirrors might
-crack; but, provided the stars shone, he and his sister worked on
-from dusk to dawn. In this way, his “third review,” begun at Bath,
-was finished in the spring of 1783. The swiftness with which it was
-conducted implied no want of thoroughness. “Many a night,” he states,
-“in the course of eleven or twelve hours of observation, I have
-carefully and singly examined not less than 400 celestial objects,
-besides taking measures, and sometimes viewing a particular star for
-half an hour together, with all the various powers.”
-
-The assiduity appears well-nigh incredible with which he gathered in
-an abundant harvest of nebulæ and double stars; his elaborate papers,
-brimful of invention and experience, being written by day, or during
-nights unpropitious for star-gazing. On one occasion he is said to
-have worked without intermission at the telescope and the desk for
-seventy-two hours, and then slept unbrokenly for twenty-six hours. His
-instruments were never allowed to remain disabled. They were kept,
-like himself, on the alert. Relays of specula were provided, and one
-was in no case removed from the tube for re-polishing, unless another
-was ready to take its place. Even the meetings of the Royal Society
-were attended only when moonlight effaced the delicate objects of his
-particular search.
-
-The summer of 1788 was spent in getting ready the finest telescope
-Herschel had yet employed. It was called the “large twenty-foot”
-because of the size of its speculum, which was nearly nineteen inches
-in diameter; and with its potent help he executed his fourth and
-last celestial survey. His impatience to begin led him into perilous
-situations.
-
-“My brother,” says Miss Herschel, “began his series of sweeps when the
-instrument was yet in a very unfinished state; and my feelings were
-not very comfortable when every moment I was alarmed by a crack or
-fall, knowing him to be elevated fifteen feet or more on a temporary
-cross-beam instead of a safe gallery. The ladders had not even their
-braces at the bottom; and one night, in a very high wind, he had hardly
-touched the ground before the whole apparatus came down. Some labouring
-men were called up to help in extricating the mirror, which was
-fortunately uninjured, but much work was cut out for carpenters next
-day.”
-
-In the following March, he himself wrote to Patrick Wilson, of Glasgow,
-son of Dr. Alexander Wilson, the well-known professor of astronomy:--“I
-have finished a second speculum to my new twenty-foot, very much
-superior to the first, and am now reviewing the heavens with it. This
-will be a work of some years; but it is to me so far from laborious
-that it is attended with the utmost delight.” He, nevertheless, looked
-upon telescopes as “yet in their infant state.”
-
-The ruinous mansion at Datchet having become uninhabitable, even
-by astronomers, their establishment was shifted, in June, 1785, to
-Clay Hall, near Old Windsor. Here the long-thought-of forty-foot was
-begun, but was not destined to be finished. A litigious landlady
-intervened. The next move, however, proved to be the last. It was to
-a commodious residence at Slough, now called “Observatory House”--“le
-lieu du monde,” wrote Arago, “où il a été fait le plus de découvertes.”
-Thither, without the loss of an hour, in April, 1786, the machinery and
-apparatus collected at Clay Hall were transported. Yet, “amidst all
-this hurrying business,” Caroline remembered “that every moment after
-daylight was allotted to observing. The last night at Clay Hall was
-spent in sweeping till daylight, and by the next evening the telescope
-stood ready for observation at Slough.”
-
-During the ensuing three months, thirty to forty workmen were
-constantly employed, “some in felling and rooting out trees, some in
-digging and preparing the ground for the bricklayers who were laying
-the foundation for the telescope.” “A whole troop of labourers” were,
-besides, engaged in reducing “the iron tools to a proper shape for the
-mirror to be ground upon.” Thus, each morning, when dawn compelled
-Herschel to desist from observation, he found a bevy of people awaiting
-instructions of all sorts from him. “If it had not been,” his sister
-says, “for the intervention of a cloudy or moonlit night, I know not
-when he, or I either, should have got any sleep.” The wash-house was
-turned into a forge for the manufacture of specially designed tools;
-heavy articles cast in London were brought by water to Windsor; the
-library was so encumbered with stores, models, and implements, that “no
-room for a desk or an atlas remained.”
-
-On July 3rd, 1786, Herschel, accompanied by his brother Alexander,
-started for Göttingen, commissioned by the King to present to the
-University one of the ten-foot reflectors purchased from him. He was
-elected a Member of the Royal Society of Göttingen, and spent three
-weeks at Hanover with his aged mother, whom he never saw again. During
-his absence, however, the forty-foot progressed in accordance with
-the directions he had taken care to leave behind. He trusted nothing
-to chance. “There is not one screwbolt,” his sister asserted, “about
-the whole apparatus but what was fixed under the immediate eye of
-my brother. I have seen him lie stretched many an hour in a burning
-sun, across the top beam, whilst the iron-work for the various motions
-was being fixed. At one time no less than twenty-four men (twelve and
-twelve relieving each other) kept polishing day and night; my brother,
-of course, never leaving them all the while, taking his food without
-allowing himself time to sit down to table.”
-
-At this stage of the undertaking it became the fashion with visitors to
-use the empty tube as a promenade. Dr. and Miss Burney called, in July,
-1786, “to see, and _take a walk_ through the immense new telescope.”
-“It held me quite upright,” the authoress of “Evelina” related, “and
-without the least inconvenience; so would it have done had I been
-dressed in feathers and a bell-hoop.”
-
-George III. and the Archbishop of Canterbury followed the general
-example; and the prelate being incommoded by the darkness and the
-uncertain footing, the King, who was in front, turned back to help him,
-saying: “Come, my lord bishop, I will show you the way to heaven.” On
-another occasion “God save the King” was sung and played within the
-tube by a large body of musicians; and the rumour went abroad that it
-had been turned into a ball-room!
-
-The University of Oxford conferred upon Herschel, in 1786, an honorary
-degree of LL.D.; but he cared little for such distinctions. Miss
-Burney characterised him as a “man without a wish that has its object
-in the terrestrial globe;” the King had “not a happier subject.” The
-royal bounty, she went on “enables him to put into execution all his
-wonderful projects, from which his expectations of future discoveries
-are so sanguine as to make his present existence a state of almost
-perfect enjoyment.” Nor was it possible to “admire his genius more
-than his gentleness.” Again, after taking tea in his company in the
-Queen’s lodge: “this very extraordinary man has not more fame to
-awaken curiosity than sense and modesty to gratify it. He is perfectly
-unassuming, yet openly happy; and happy in the success of those studies
-which would render a mind less excellently formed presumptuous and
-arrogant.” Mrs. Papendick, another court chronicler, says that “he was
-fascinating in his manner, and possessed a natural politeness, and the
-abilities of a superior nature.”
-
-His great telescope took rank, before and after its completion, as the
-chief scientific wonder of the age. Slough was crowded with sightseers.
-All the ruck of Grand Dukes and Serene Highnesses from abroad, besides
-royal, noble, and gentle folk at home, flocked to gaze at it and
-interrogate its maker with ignorant or intelligent wonder. The Prince
-of Orange was a particularly lively inquirer. On one of his calls at
-Slough, about ten years after the erection of the forty-foot, finding
-the house vacant, he left a memorandum asking if it were true, as the
-newspapers reported, that “Mr. Herschel had discovered a new star whose
-light was not as that of the common stars, but with swallow-tails, as
-stars in embroidery?”!
-
-Pilgrim-astronomers came, too--Cassini, Lalande, Méchain and Legendre
-from Paris, Oriani from Milan, Piazzi from Palermo. Sniadecki, director
-of the observatory of Cracow, “took lodgings,” Miss Herschel relates,
-“in Slough, for the purpose of seeing and hearing my brother whenever
-he could find him at leisure. He was a very silent man.” One cannot
-help fearing that he was also a very great bore. Von Magellan, another
-eminent foreign astronomer, communicated to Bode an interesting account
-of Herschel’s methods of observation. The multitude of entries in his
-books astonished him. In sweeping, he reported, “he lets each star pass
-at least three times through the field of his telescope, so that it is
-impossible that anything can escape him.” The thermometer in the garden
-stood that night, January 6th, 1785, at 13 deg. Fahrenheit; but the
-royal astronomer, his visitor remarked, “has an excellent constitution,
-and thinks about nothing else in the world but the celestial bodies.”
-
-In January, 1787, Herschel made trial with his twenty-foot reflector
-of the “front-view” plan of construction, suggested by Lemaire in
-1732, but never before practically tested. All that had to be done
-was to remove the small mirror, and slightly _tilt_ the large one.
-The image was then formed close to the upper margin of the tube, into
-which the observer, turning his back to the heavens, looked down. The
-purpose of the arrangement was to save the light lost in the second
-reflection; and its advantage was at once illustrated by the discovery
-of two Uranian moons--one (Titania) circling round its primary in about
-8¾ hours, the other (Oberon) in 13½ hours. In order to assure these
-conclusions, he made a sketch beforehand of what _ought_ to be seen on
-February 10th; and on that night, to his intense satisfaction, “the
-heavens,” as he informed the Royal Society, “displayed the original of
-my drawing by showing, in the situation I had delineated them, _the
-Georgian planet attended by two satellites_. I confess that this scene
-appeared to me with additional beauty, the little secondary planets
-seeming to give a dignity to the primary one which raises it into a
-more conspicuous situation among the great bodies of our solar system.”
-
-This brilliant result determined him to make a “front-view” of
-the forty-foot. Its advance towards completion was not without
-vicissitudes. The first speculum, when put into the tube, February
-19th 1787, was found too thin to maintain its shape. A second, cast
-early in 1788, cracked in cooling. The same metal having been recast
-February 16th, the artist tried it upon Saturn in October; but the
-effect disappointing his expectation, he wrought at it for ten months
-longer. At last, after a few days’ polishing with his new machine, he
-turned the great speculum towards Windsor Castle; when its high quality
-became at once manifest. And such was his impatience to make with it
-a crucial experiment, that--as he told Sir Joseph Banks--he directed
-it to the heavens (August 28th, 1789) before it had half come to its
-proper lustre. The stars came out well, and no sooner had he got hold
-of Saturn than a sixth satellite stood revealed to view! Its “younger
-brother” was detected September 17th; and the two could be seen, on
-favourable opportunities, threading their way, like beads of light,
-along the lucid line of the almost vanished ring. Herschel named them
-Enceladus and Mimas, and found, on looking up his former observations
-of Saturn, that Enceladus, the exterior and brighter object, had been
-unmistakably seen with the twenty-foot, August 19th, 1787. Mimas is a
-very delicate test of instrumental perfection.
-
-The mirror by which it was first shown measured nearly fifty inches
-across, and weighed 2,118 pounds. It was slung in a ring, and the
-sheet-iron tube in which it rested was thirty-nine and a-half feet
-long and four feet ten inches wide. Ladders fifty feet in length
-gave access to a movable stage, from which the observer communicated
-through speaking tubes with his assistants. The whole erection stood
-on a revolving platform; for the modern equatorial form of mount, by
-which the diurnal course of the heavens is automatically followed, was
-not then practically available, and the necessary movements had to be
-imparted by hand. This involved the attendance of two workmen, but was
-otherwise less inconvenient than might be supposed, owing to the skill
-with which the required mechanism was contrived.
-
-Herschel estimated that, with a magnifying-power of 1,000, this grand
-instrument could, in the climate of England, be effectively used during
-no more than one hundred hours of every year. A review with it of the
-whole heavens would hence have occupied eight centuries. In point of
-fact, he found the opportunities for its employment scarce. The machine
-took some time to get started, while the twenty-foot was ready in ten
-minutes. The speculum, moreover, proved unpleasantly liable to become
-dewed in moist weather, or frozen up in cold; and, in spite of all
-imaginable care, it preserved the delicacy of its polish no more than
-two years. An economist of minutes, such as its maker, could, then,
-do no otherwise than let the giant telescope lie by unless its powers
-were expressly needed. They were surprisingly effective. “With the
-forty-foot instrument,” he reported to the Royal Society in 1800, “the
-appearance of Sirius announced itself at a great distance like the dawn
-of the morning, till this brilliant star at last entered the field,
-with all the splendour of the rising sun, and forced me to take my eye
-from that beautiful sight.” Which, however, left the vision impaired
-in delicacy for nigh upon half-an-hour.
-
-Thus the results gathered from the realisation of Herschel’s crowning
-optical achievement fell vastly short of what his imagination had
-pictured. The promise of the telescope’s initial disclosures was not
-realised in its subsequent career. Yet it was a superb instrument.
-The discovery with it of Mimas gave certain proof that the figure of
-the speculum was as perfect as its dimensions were unusual. But its
-then inimitable definition probably fell off later. Its “broad bright
-eye” was, for the last time, turned towards the heavens January 19th,
-1811, when the Orion nebula showed its silvery wings to considerable
-advantage. But incurable dimness had already set in--incurable, because
-the artist’s hand had no longer the strength needed to cure the growing
-malady. The big machine was, however, left standing, framework and all.
-It figured as a landmark on the Ordnance Survey Map of England; and,
-stamped in miniature on the seal of the Royal Astronomical Society,
-aptly serves to illustrate its motto, “_Quicquid nitet notandum_.”
-At last, on New Years Eve, 1839, the timbers of the scaffolding
-being dangerously decayed, it was, with due ceremony, dismounted. A
-“Requiem,” composed by Sir John Herschel, was sung by his family,
-fourteen in number, assembled within the tube, which was then riveted
-up and laid horizontally on three stone piers in the garden at Slough.
-“It looks very well in its new position,” Sir John thought. Yet it has
-something of a _memento mori_ aspect. It seems to remind one that the
-loftiest human aspirations are sprinkled “with the dust of death.” The
-speculum adorns the hall of Observatory House.
-
-Herschel married, May 8th, 1788, Mary, the only child of Mr. James
-Baldwin, a merchant in the City of London, and widow of Mr. John Pitt.
-She was thirty-eight and he fifty. Her jointure relieved him from
-pecuniary care, and her sweetness of disposition secured his domestic
-happiness. They set up a curious double establishment, taking a house
-at Upton, while retaining that at Slough. Two maidservants were kept
-in each, and a footman maintained the communications. So at least runs
-Mrs. Papendick’s gossip. Miss Burney records in her Diary a tea at Mr.
-De Luc’s, where Dr. Herschel accompanied a pair of vocalists “very
-sweetly on the violin. His newly-married wife was with him, and his
-sister. His wife seems good-natured; she was rich, too! And astronomers
-are as able as other men to discern that gold can glitter as well as
-stars.”
-
-He was now at the height of prosperity and renown. Diplomas innumerable
-were showered upon him by Academies and learned societies. In a letter
-to Benjamin Franklin, he returned thanks for his election as a member
-of the American Philosophical Society, and acquainted him with his
-recent detection of a pair of attendants on the “Georgian planet.”
-A similar acknowledgment was addressed to the Princess Daschkoff,
-Directress of the Petersburg Academy of Sciences. The King of Poland
-sent him his portrait; the Empress Catherine II. opened negotiations
-for the purchase of some of his specula, Lucien Bonaparte repaired
-to Slough incognito; Joseph Haydn snatched a day from the turmoil
-of his London engagements to visit the musician-astronomer, and
-gaze at his monster telescopes. By universal agreement, Dr. Burney
-declared, Herschel was “one of the most pleasing and well-bred natural
-characters of the day, as well as the greatest astronomer.” They had
-much in common, according to Dr. Burney’s daughter. Both possessed an
-uncommon “suavity of disposition”; both loved music; and Dr. Burney had
-a “passionate inclination for astronomy.” They became friends through
-the medium of Dr. Burney’s versified history of that science. In
-September, 1797, he called at Slough with the manuscript in his valise.
-“The good soul was at dinner,” he relates; and, to his surprise, since
-he was ignorant of Herschel’s marriage, the company included several
-ladies, besides “a little boy.” He was, nothing loth, compelled to stay
-over-night; discussed with his host the plan of his work, and read to
-him its eighth chapter. Herschel listened with interest, and modestly
-owned to having learnt much from what he had heard; but presently
-dismayed the author by confessing his “aversion to poetry,” which
-he had generally regarded as “an arrangement of fine words without
-any adherence to the truth.” He added, however, that “when truth and
-science were united to those fine words,” they no longer displeased
-him. The readings continued at intervals, alternately at Slough and
-Chelsea, to the immense gratification of the copious versifier, who
-occasionally allowed his pleasure to overflow in his correspondence.
-
-“Well, but Herschel has been in town,” he wrote from Chelsea College,
-December 10th, 1798, “for short spurts and back again, two or three
-times, and I have had him here two whole days. I read to him the first
-five books without any one objection.” And again; “He came, and his
-good wife accompanied him, and I read four and a-half books; and on
-parting, still more humble than before, or still more amiable, he
-thanked me for the instruction and entertainment I had given him. What
-say you to that? Can anything be grander?”
-
-In spite of his “aversion,” Herschel had once, and once only, wooed the
-coy muse himself. The first evening paper that appeared in England, May
-3rd, 1788, contained some introductory quatrains by him. An excuse for
-this unwonted outburst may be found in the circumstance that the sheet
-in which they were printed bore the name of _The Star_. They began with
-the interrogation:
-
- “What Star art thou, about to gleam
- In Novelty’s bright hemisphere?”
-
-and continued:
-
- “A Planet wilt thou roll sublime,
- Spreading like Mercury thy rays?
- Or chronicle the lapse of Time,
- Wrapped in a Comet’s threatening blaze?”
-
-That they are of the schoolboy order need surprise no one. Such a mere
-sip at the “Pierian spring” could scarcely bring inspiration.
-
-Herschel’s grand survey of the heavens closed with his fourth review.
-His telescopic studies thereupon became specialised. The sun, the
-planets and their satellites, the lately discovered asteroids, certain
-double stars, and an occasional comet, in turn received attention.
-Laboratory experiments were also carried on, and discussions of
-profound importance were laid before the Royal Society. All this
-cost him but little effort. The high tension of his earlier life was
-somewhat relaxed; he allowed himself intervals of rest, and indulged
-in social and musical recreations. Concerts were now frequently given
-at his house; and the face of beaming delight with which he presided
-over them is still traditionally remembered. Visits to Sir William
-Watson at Dawlish gave him opportunities, otherwise rare, for talks on
-metaphysical subjects; and he stayed with James Watt at Heathfield in
-1810. He had been a witness on his side in an action for infringement
-of patent in 1793.
-
-Herschel rented a house on Sion Hill, Bath, for some months of the year
-1799; and from time to time stayed with friends in London, or sought
-change of air at Tunbridge Wells, Brighton, or Ramsgate. In July,
-1801, he went to Paris with his wife and son, made acquaintance with
-Laplace, and had an interview with the First Consul. It was currently
-reported that Bonaparte had astonished him by the extent of his
-astronomical learning; but the contrary was the truth. He had tried to
-be impressive, but failed. Herschel gave an account of what passed to
-the poet Campbell, whom he met at Brighton in 1813.
-
-“The First Consul,” he said, “did surprise me by his quickness and
-versatility on all subjects; but in science he seemed to know little
-more than any well-educated gentleman; and of astronomy much less,
-for instance, than our own king. His general air was something like
-affecting to know more than he did know.” Herschel’s election in 1802
-as one of the eight foreign Associates of the French Institute was
-probably connected with his Parisian experiences.
-
-He inspired Campbell with the most lively enthusiasm. “His simplicity,”
-he wrote, “his kindness, his anecdotes, his readiness to explain--and
-make perfectly conspicuous too--his own sublime conceptions of the
-universe, are indescribably charming. He is seventy-six, but fresh
-and stout; and there he sat, nearest the door at his friend’s house,
-alternately smiling at a joke, or contentedly sitting without share
-or notice in the conversation. Any train of conversation he follows
-implicitly; anything you ask, he labours with a sort of boyish
-earnestness to explain. Speaking of himself, he said, with a modesty of
-manner which quite overcame me, when taken together with the greatness
-of the assertion, ‘I have looked further into space than ever human
-being did before me; I have observed stars, of which the light, it can
-be proved, must take two millions of years to reach this earth.’ I
-really and unfeignedly felt at the moment as if I had been conversing
-with a supernatural intelligence. ‘Nay, more,’ said he, ‘if those
-distant bodies had ceased to exist two millions of years ago we should
-still see them, as the light would travel after the body was gone.’
-These were Herschel’s words; and if you had heard him speak them, you
-would not think he was apt to tell more than the truth.”
-
-The appearance of a bright comet, in October, 1806, drew much company
-to Slough. On the 4th, Miss Herschel narrates, “Two parties from the
-Castle came to see it, and during the whole month my brother had not
-an evening to himself. As he was then in the midst of polishing the
-forty-foot mirror, rest became absolutely necessary after a day spent
-in that most laborious work; and it has ever been my opinion that on
-the 14th of October his nerves received a shock from which he never
-got the better afterwards; for on that day he had hardly dismissed
-his troop of men when visitors assembled, and from the time it was
-dark, till past midnight, he was on the grass-plot surrounded by
-between fifty and sixty persons, without having had time to put on
-proper clothing, or for the least nourishment to pass his lips. Among
-the company I remember were the Duke of Sussex, Prince Galitzin, Lord
-Darnley, a number of officers, Admiral Boston, and some ladies.”
-
-A dangerous attack of illness in the spring of 1807 left Herschel’s
-strength permanently impaired. But he travelled to Scotland in the
-summer of 1810, and received the freedom of the City of Glasgow.
-Then, in 1814, he made a final, but fruitless attempt, to renovate
-the four-foot speculum. In the midst of the confusion attending upon
-the process, word was given to prepare for the reception of the Czar
-Alexander, the Duchess of Oldenburg, and sundry other grandees just
-then collected at Windsor for the Ascot races. The setting to rights
-was no small job; “but we might have saved ourselves the trouble,” his
-sister remarks drily, “for they were sufficiently harassed with public
-sights and festivities.”
-
-On April 5th, 1816, Herschel was created a Knight of the Royal
-Hanoverian Guelphic Order, and duly attended one of the Prince Regent’s
-levées in May. He went to town in 1819 to have his portrait painted
-by Artaud. The resulting fine likeness is in the possession of his
-grandson, Sir William James Herschel. The Astronomical Society chose
-him as its first President in 1821; and he contributed to the first
-volume of its memoirs a supplementary list of 145 double stars. The
-wonderful series of his communications to the Royal Society closed
-when he was in his eightieth year, with the presentation, June 11th,
-1818, of a paper on the Relative Distances of Star-clusters. On June
-1st, 1821, he inserted into the tube with thin and trembling hands
-the mirror of the twenty-foot telescope, and took his final look at
-the heavens. All his old instincts were still alive, only the bodily
-power to carry out their behests was gone. An unparalleled career of
-achievement left him unsatisfied with what he had done. Old age brought
-him no Sabbath rest, but only an enforced and wearisome cessation from
-activity. His inability to re-polish the four-foot speculum was the
-doom of his _chef d’œuvre_. He could not reconcile himself to it. His
-sunny spirits gave way. The old happy and buoyant temperament became
-overcast with despondency. His strong nerves were at last shattered.
-
-On August 15th, 1822, Miss Herschel relates:--“I hastened to the spot
-where I was wont to find him with the newspaper I was to read to him.
-But I was informed my brother had been obliged to return to his room,
-whither I flew immediately. Lady Herschel and the housekeeper were with
-him, administering everything which could be thought of for supporting
-him. I found him much irritated at not being able to grant Mr.
-Bulman’s[C] request for some token of remembrance for his father. As
-soon as he saw me, I was sent to the library to fetch one of his last
-papers and a plate of the forty-foot telescope. But for the universe I
-could not have looked twice at what I had snatched from the shelf, and
-when he faintly asked if the breaking-up of the Milky Way was in it,
-I said ‘Yes,’ and he looked content. I cannot help remembering this
-circumstance; it was the last time I was sent to the library on such
-an occasion. That the anxious care for his papers and workrooms never
-ended but with his life, was proved by his whispered inquiries if they
-were locked, and the key safe.”
-
- [C] The grandson of one of Herschel’s earliest English friends.
-
-He died ten days later, August 25th, 1822. Above his grave, in the
-church of Saint Laurence at Upton, the words are graven:--“Coelorum
-perrupit claustra”--He broke through the barriers of the skies.
-
-William Herschel was endowed by nature with an almost faultless
-character. He had the fervour, without the irritability of genius; he
-was generous, genial, sincere; tolerant of ignorance; patient under the
-acute distress, to which his situation rendered him peculiarly liable,
-of unseasonable interruptions at critical moments: he was warm-hearted
-and open-handed. His change of country and condition, his absorption
-in science, the homage paid to him, never led him to forget the claims
-of kindred. Time and money were alike lavished in the relief of family
-necessities. He supported his brother Alexander after his retirement
-from the concert-stage in 1816, until his death at Hanover, March 15th,
-1821. Dietrich’s recurring misfortunes met his unfailing pity and
-help. He bequeathed to him a sum of £2,000, and to his devoted sister,
-Caroline, an annuity of £100.
-
-His correspondents, abroad and at home, were numerous; nor did he
-disdain to remove the perplexities of amateurs. In a letter, dated
-January 6th, 1794, we find him explaining to Mr. J. Miller of Lincoln’s
-Inn, “the circumstances which attend the motion of a race-horse upon
-a circle of longitude.” And he wrote shortly afterwards to Mr. Smith
-of Tewkesbury:--“You find fault with the principles of gravitation
-and projection because they will not account for the rotation of the
-planets upon their axes. You might certainly with as much reason find
-fault with your shoes because they will not likewise serve your hands
-as gloves. But, in my opinion, the projectile motion once admitted,
-sufficiently explains the rotatory motion; for it is hardly possible
-mechanically to impress the one without giving the other at the same
-time.”
-
-On religious topics he was usually reticent; but a hint of the reverent
-spirit in which his researches were conducted may be gathered from
-a sentence in the same letter. “It is certainly,” he said, “a very
-laudable thing to receive instruction from the great workmaster of
-nature, and for that reason all experimental philosophy is instituted.”
-
-To investigate was then, in his view, to “receive instruction”; and one
-of the secrets of his wonderful success lay in the docility with which
-he came to be taught.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III.
-
-THE EXPLORER OF THE HEAVENS.
-
-
-“A knowledge of the construction of the heavens,” Herschel wrote
-in 1811, “has always been the ultimate object of my observations.”
-The “Construction of the Heavens”! A phrase of profound and novel
-import, for the invention of which he was ridiculed by Brougham in the
-_Edinburgh Review_; yet expressing, as it had never been expressed
-before, the essential idea of sidereal astronomy. Speculation there had
-been as to the manner in which the stars were grouped together; but the
-touchstone of reality had yet to be applied to them. This unattempted,
-and all but impossible enterprise Herschel deliberately undertook. It
-presented itself spontaneously to his mind as worth the expenditure
-of a life’s labour; and he spared nothing in the disbursement. The
-hope of its accomplishment inspired his early exertions, carried him
-through innumerable difficulties, lent him audacity, fortified him in
-perseverance. For this,
-
- “He left behind the painted buoy
- That tosses at the harbour’s mouth,”
-
-and burst his way into an unnavigated ocean.
-
-Herschel has had very few equals in his strength of controlled
-imagination. He held the balance, even to a nicety, between the
-real and the ideal. Meditation served in him to prescribe and guide
-experience; experience to ripen the fruit of meditation.
-
-“We ought,” he wrote in 1785, “to avoid two opposite extremes. If we
-indulge a fanciful imagination, and build worlds of our own, we must
-not wonder at our going wide from the path of truth and nature. On the
-other hand, if we add observation to observation without attempting to
-draw, not only certain conclusions, but also conjectural views from
-them, we offend against the very end for which only observations ought
-to be made.”
-
-This was consistently his method. If thought outran sight, he laboured
-earnestly that it should be overtaken by it: while sight, in turn,
-often took the initiative, and suggested thought. He was much more than
-a simple explorer. “Even at the telescope,” Professor Holden says, “his
-object was not discovery merely, but to know the inner constitution of
-the heavens.” He divined, at the same time that he observed.
-
-The antique conception of the heavens as a hollow sphere upon which
-the celestial bodies are seen projected, survived then, and survives
-now, as a convenient fiction for practical purposes. But in the
-eighteenth century the fiction assumed to the great majority a sort of
-quasi-reality. Herschel made an exception in being vividly impressed
-with the _depth_ of space. How to sound that depth was the first
-problem that he attacked. As a preliminary to further operations, he
-sought to fix a unit of sidereal measurement. The distances from the
-earth to the stars were then altogether unknown. All that had been
-ascertained was that they must be very great. Instrumental refinements
-had not, in fact, been carried far enough to make the inquiry
-profitable. Herschel did not underrate its difficulty. He recognised
-that, in pursuing it, _one hundredth of a second of arc_ “became a
-quantity to be considered.” Justly arguing, however, that previous
-experiments on stellar parallax had been unsatisfactory and indecisive,
-he determined to try again.
-
-He chose the “double star method,” invented by Galileo, but never, so
-far, effectually put to trial. The principle of it is perfectly simple,
-depending upon the perspective shifting to a spectator in motion, of
-objects at different distances from him. In order to apprehend it,
-one need only walk up and down before a lamp placed in the middle of
-a room, watching its apparent change of position relative to another
-lamp at the end of the same room. Just in the same way, a star observed
-from opposite sides of the earth’s orbit is sometimes found to alter
-its situation very slightly by comparison with another star close to it
-in the sky, but indefinitely remote from it in space. Half the small
-oscillation thus executed is called that star’s “annual parallax.” It
-represents the minute angle under which the radius of the terrestrial
-orbit would appear at the star’s actual distance. So vast, however, is
-the scale of the universe, that this tell-tale swing to and fro is,
-for the most part, imperceptible even with modern appliances, and was
-entirely inaccessible to Herschel’s observations. Yet they did not
-remain barren of results.
-
-“As soon as I was fully convinced,” he wrote in 1781, “that in the
-investigation of parallax the method of double stars would have many
-advantages above any other, it became necessary to look out for proper
-stars. This introduced a new series of observations. I resolved to
-examine every star in the heavens with the utmost attention that I
-might fix my observations upon those that would best answer my end.
-The subject promises so rich a harvest that I cannot help inviting
-every lover of astronomy to join with me in observations that must
-inevitably lead to new discoveries. I took some pains to find out
-what double stars had been recorded by astronomers; but my situation
-permitted me not to consult extensive libraries, nor, indeed, was it
-very material; for as I intended to view the heavens myself, Nature,
-that great volume, appeared to me to contain the best catalogue.”
-
-On January 10th, 1782, he presented to the Royal Society a catalogue
-of 269 double stars, of which 227 were of his own finding; and a
-second list of 434 followed in December, 1784. All were arranged in
-six classes, according to the distance apart of their components,
-ranging from one up to 120 seconds. The close couples he regarded as
-especially adapted for parallax-determinations; the wider ones might
-serve for criteria of stellar proper movements, or even of the sun’s
-transport through space. For the purpose of measuring the directions
-in which their members lay towards each other--technically called
-“position-angles”--and the intervals separating them, he invented
-two kinds of micrometers, and notes were added as to their relative
-brightness and colours. He was the first to observe the lovely
-contrasted or harmonised tints displayed by some of these objects.
-
-Herschel’s double stars actually fulfilled none of the functions
-assigned to them. He was thus left without any definite unit of
-measurement for sidereal space; and he never succeeded in supplying the
-want. In 1814 he was “still engaged,” though vainly, “in ascertaining
-a scale whereby the extent of the universe, so far as it is possible
-for us to penetrate into space, may be fathomed.” He knew only that
-the distances of the stars nearest the earth could not be less, and
-might be a great deal more, than light-waves, propagated at the rate
-of 186,300 miles a second, would traverse in three or four years. Only
-the _manner_ of stellar arrangement, then, remained open to his zealous
-investigations.
-
-The initial question presenting itself to an intelligent spectator of
-the nocturnal sky is: What relation does the dim galactic star-stream
-bear to the constellations amidst which it flows? And this question
-our interior position makes very difficult to be answered. We see
-the starry universe, it has been well said, “not in _plan_ but in
-_section_.” The problem is, from that section to determine the plan--to
-view the whole mentally as it would show visually from the outside. The
-general appearance to ourselves of the Milky Way leaves it uncertain
-whether it represents the projection upon the heavens of an immense
-stratum of equally scattered stars, or a ring-like accumulation,
-towards the middle of which our sun is situated. Herschel gave his
-preference, to begin with, to the former hypothesis, and then, with
-astonishing boldness and ingenuity, attempted to put it experimentally
-to the proof.
-
-His method of “star-gauging” was described in 1784. It consisted in
-counting the stars visible in successive fields of his twenty-foot
-telescope, and computing the corresponding depths of space. Admitting
-an average regularity of distribution, this was easily done. If the
-stars did not really lie closer together in one region than in another,
-then the more of them there were to be seen along a given line of
-vision, the further the system could be inferred to extend in that
-particular direction. The ratio of its extension would also be given.
-It would vary with the cube-roots of the number of stars in each count.
-
-Guided by this principle, Herschel ventured to lay down the boundaries
-of the stellar aggregation to which our sun belongs. So far as he
-“had yet gone round it,” in 1785, he perceived it to be “everywhere
-terminated, and in most places very narrowly too.” The differences,
-however, between his enumerations in various portions of the sky
-were enormous. In the Milky Way zone the stars presented themselves
-in shoals. He met fields--of just one quarter the area of the
-moon--containing nearly 600; so that, in fifteen minutes, 116,000
-were estimated to have marched past his stationary telescope. Here,
-the calculated “length of his sounding-line” was nearly 500 times the
-distance of Sirius, his standard star. Towards the galactic poles, on
-the contrary, stars were comparatively scarce; and the transparent
-blackness of the sky showed that in those quarters the supply of
-stars was completely exhausted. At right angles to the Milky Way,
-then, the stellar system might be termed shallow, while in its plane,
-it stretched out on all sides to an inconceivable, though not to an
-illimitable extent. Its shape appeared, accordingly, to be that of a
-flat disc, of very irregular contour, and with a deep cleft matching
-the bifid section of the Milky Way between Cygnus and Scorpio.
-
-Herschel regarded this conclusion only “as an example to illustrate
-the method.” Yet it was derived from the reckoning-up of 90,000 stars
-in 2,400 telescopic fields! Its validity rested on the assumption
-that stellar crowding indicated, not more stars in a given space, but
-more space stocked in the same proportion with stars. But his hope
-of thus getting a true mean result collapsed under the weight of his
-own observations. “It would not be difficult,” he stated in 1785, “to
-point out two or three hundred gathering clusters in our system.” The
-action of a “clustering power” drawing its component stars “into many
-separate allotments” grew continually clearer to him, and he admitted
-unreservedly in 1802 that the Milky Way “consists of stars very
-differently scattered from those immediately about us.”
-
-In 1811, he expressly abandoned his original hypothesis. “I must freely
-confess,” he wrote, “that by continuing my sweeps of the heavens
-my opinion of the arrangement of the stars has undergone a gradual
-change. An equal scattering of the stars may be admitted in certain
-calculations; but when we examine the Milky Way, or closely compressed
-clusters, it must be given up.”
-
-And in 1817: “Gauges, which on a supposition of an equality of
-scattering, were looked upon as gauges of distance, relate, in fact,
-more immediately to the scattering of the stars, of which they give
-valuable information.”
-
-The “disc-theory” was then virtually withdrawn not many years after it
-had been propounded. “The subtlety of nature,” according to Bacon’s
-aphorism, “transcends the subtlety both of the intellect and of the
-senses.” Herschel very soon perceived the inadequacy of his colossal
-experiment; and he tranquilly acquiesced, not being among those who
-seek to entrench theory against evidence. He found that he had
-undervalued the complexity of the problem. Yet it remained before his
-mind to the end. The supreme object of his scientific life was to
-ascertain the laws of stellar distribution in cubical space, and he
-devoted to the subject the two concluding memoirs of the sixty-nine
-contributed by him to the “Philosophical Transactions.” He was in his
-eightieth year when he opened, with youthful freshness, a new phase of
-arduous investigation.
-
-“The construction of the heavens,” he wrote in June, 1817, “can only
-be known when we have the situation of each body defined by its three
-dimensions. Of these three, the ordinary catalogues give but two,
-leaving the distance or profundity undetermined.” This element of
-“profundity” he went on to determine by the absolutely novel method of
-what may be called “photometric enumeration.”
-
-He began by asserting what is self-evident--that faint stars are, “one
-with another,” more remote than bright ones; and he argued thence,
-reasonably enough, that the relative mean distances of the stars, taken
-order by order, might be inferred from their relative mean magnitudes.
-Next he pointed out that more space would be available for their
-accommodation in proportion to the cubes of their mean distances.
-Here lies the value of the method. It sets up, as Herschel said, “a
-standard of reference” with regard to stellar distribution. It makes it
-possible to compare actual stellar density, at a given mean distance,
-with a “certain properly modified equality of scattering.” By patiently
-calling over the roll of successive magnitudes, information may be
-obtained regarding over- and under-populated districts of space.
-
-Herschel’s reasonings on the subject are perfectly valid, but for
-practical purposes far in advance of the time. Their application
-demanded a knowledge of stellar light-gradations, which, even now, has
-been only partially attained. His surprising anticipation of this mode
-of inquiry came, therefore, to nothing.
-
-His device of “limiting apertures” was a simultaneous invention. It
-was designed as a measure of relative star-distances. Pointing two
-similar telescopes upon two unequal stars, he equalised them to the
-eye by stopping down the aperture of the instrument directed towards
-the brighter object. Assuming each to emit the same quantity of light,
-their respective distances would then be inversely as the diameters of
-the reflecting surfaces by which they were brought to the same level of
-apparent lustre. But the enormous real diversities of stellar size and
-brightness render this plan of action wholly illusory. Even for average
-estimates, proper motion is apparently a safer criterion of distance
-than magnitude.
-
-Herschel employed the method of apertures with better success to
-ascertain the comparative extent of natural and telescopic vision. The
-boundary of the former was placed at “the twelfth order of distance.”
-Sirius, that is to say, removed to twelve times its actual remoteness,
-would be a barely discernible object to the naked eye. The same star
-carried seventy-five times further away still, could be seen as a faint
-light-speck with his twenty-foot telescope; and, transported 192 times
-beyond the visual limit, would make a similar appearance in the field
-of the forty-foot. These figures, multiplied by twelve, represented,
-in his expressive phrase, the “space-penetrating power” of his
-instruments. Their range extended respectively to 900 and 2,300 times
-the distance of his “standard star.” He estimated, moreover, that,
-through the agency of the larger, light might become sensible to the
-eye after a journey lasting nearly seven thousand years! So that, as he
-said, his telescopes penetrated both time and space.
-
-His last observation of the Milky Way showed it to be in parts
-“fathomless,” even with the forty-foot. No sky-background could be
-seen, but only the dim glow of “star-dust.” This effect he attributed
-to the immeasurable extension, in those directions, of the stellar
-system. The serried orbs composing it, as they lay further and further
-from the eye, became at last separately indistinguishable. Herschel, as
-has been said, formulated no second theory of galactic structure after
-that of 1784–5 had been given up. What he thought on the subject, with
-ripened experience for his guide, can only be gathered piecemeal from
-his various writings. The general appearance of
-
- That “broad and ample road, whose dust is gold,
- And pavement stars,”
-
-he described as “that of a zone surrounding our situation in the
-solar system, in the shape of a succession of differently condensed
-patches of brightness, intermixed with others of a fainter tinge.”
-And he evidently considered this _seeming_ to be in fair accord with
-reality. The “patches of brightness” stood for genuine clusters,
-incipient, visibly forming, or formed. They are made up of stars not
-less lustrous, but much more closely collected than Sirius, Arcturus,
-or Capella. The smallness of galactic stars would thus be an effect
-of distance, while their crowding is a physical fact. The whole of
-these clusters are (on Herschel’s view) aggregated into an irregular,
-branching ring, distinct from, although bound together into one system
-with the brilliants of the constellations. “Our sun,” he emphatically
-affirmed in 1817, “with all the stars we can see with the eye, are
-deeply immersed in the Milky Way, and form a component part of it.”
-
-He took leave of the subject which had engrossed so many of his
-thoughts in a paper read before the Royal Society, June 11th, 1818.
-In it he showed how the “equalising” principle could be applied to
-determine the relative distances of “globular and other clusters,”
-provided only that their component stars are of the rank of Sirius.
-It is improbable, however, that this condition is fulfilled. In open
-groups, such as the Pleiades, enormous suns are most likely connected
-with minute self-luminous bodies; but the stars compressed into
-“globular clusters” appear to be more uniform, and may, perhaps, be
-intermediate in magnitude. Yet here again, the only thing certain is
-the prevalence of endless variety. Celestial systems are not turned out
-by the dozen, like articles from a factory. Each differs from the rest
-in scale, in structure, in mechanism. Attempts to reduce all to any
-common standard must then prove futile. Disparities of distance are of
-course concerned in producing their varieties of aspect, coarse-looking
-“balls of stars” being, necessarily, on the whole, less remote than
-those of smoother texture. Finer graining, however, may also be due to
-a composition out of smaller and closer masses. The two causes concur,
-and the share of each in producing a certain effect cannot, in any
-individual case, be apportioned.
-
-Herschel was indeed far too philosophical to adopt rigid lines of
-argument. His reasoning did not extend “so far as to exclude a
-real difference, not only in the size, but also in the number and
-arrangement of the stars in different clusters.” Nevertheless,
-the discussion founded upon it is no longer convincing. To modern
-astronomers it appears to travel quite wide of the mark. Its interest
-consists in the proof given by it that the problem of sidereal
-distances, the original incentive to Herschel’s reviews of the
-heavens, attracted his attention to the very end of his thinking life.
-Throughout his long career, the profundities of the universe haunted
-him. He sought, _per fas, per nefas_, trustworthy measures of the
-“third dimension” of celestial space. The object of his search was out
-of reach, and has not even now been fully attained; but the path it led
-him by was strewn with discoveries.
-
-The nets spread in his “sweeps” brought in, besides double stars,
-plentiful takes of the filmy objects called “nebulæ.” He recognised
-with amazement their profusion in certain tracts of the sky; increased
-telescopic light-grasp never failed to render a further supply visible;
-the heavens teemed with them. He presented a catalogue of 1,000 to the
-Royal Society in 1786, a second equally comprehensive in 1789, and a
-supplementary list of 500 in 1802. Their natural history fascinated
-him. What they were, what they had been, and what they should come to,
-formed the subject of many of those ardent meditations which supplied
-motive power for his researches. He not only laid the foundation of
-nebular science, but carried the edifice to a considerable height,
-distinguishing the varieties of its objects, and classifying them
-according to their gradations of brightness. Some presented a most
-fantastic appearance.
-
-“I have seen,” he wrote in 1784, “double and treble nebulæ variously
-arranged; large ones with small, seeming attendants; narrow, but much
-extended lucid nebulæ or bright dashes; some of the shape of a fan,
-resembling an electric brush, issuing from a lucid point; others of
-the cometic shape, with a seeming nucleus in the centre, or like
-cloudy stars surrounded with a nebulous atmosphere; a different sort,
-again, contained a nebulosity of the milky kind, like that wonderful,
-inexplicable phenomenon about Theta Orionis; while others shine with a
-fainter mottled kind of light which denotes their being resolvable into
-stars.”
-
-He, “through the mystic dome,” discerned
-
- “Regions of lucid matter taking form,
- Brushes of fire, hazy gleams,
- Clusters and beds of worlds, and bee-like swarms
- Of suns and starry streams.”
-
-Annular and planetary nebulæ were _as such_, first described by him.
-“Among the curiosities of the heavens,” he announced in 1785, “should
-be placed a nebula that has a regular concentric dark spot in the
-middle, and is probably a ring of stars.” This was the famous annular
-nebula in Lyra, then a unique specimen, now the type of a class.
-
-The planetary kind, so-called from their planet-like discs, were
-always more or less of an enigma to him. The vividness and uniformity
-of their light appeared to cut them off from true nebulæ; on mature
-consideration, he felt driven to suppose them “compressed star-groups.”
-“If it were not, perhaps, too hazardous,” he went on, “to pursue
-a former surmise of a renewal in what I figuratively called the
-laboratories of the universe, the stars forming these extraordinary
-nebulæ, by some decay or waste of nature, being no longer fit for their
-former purposes, and having their projectile forces, if any such they
-had, retarded in each other’s atmospheres, rush at last together, and
-either in succession, or by one general tremendous shock, unite into a
-new body. Perhaps the extraordinary and sudden blaze of a new star in
-Cassiopeia’s Chair, in 1572, might possibly be of such a nature.”
-
-At that early stage of his inquiries, Herschel regarded all nebulæ
-indiscriminately as composed of genuine stars. It was almost inevitable
-that he should do so. For each gain in telescopic power had the effect
-of transferring no insignificant proportion of them from the nebular
-to the stellar order. There was no apparent reason for drawing a line
-anywhere. The inference seemed irresistible, that resolvability was
-simply a question of optical improvement. As Messier’s _nébuleuses sans
-étoiles_ had yielded to Herschel’s telescopes, so--it might fairly
-be anticipated--the “milky” streaks and patches seen by Herschel
-would curdle into stars under the compulsion of the still mightier
-instruments of the future. He was led on--to use his own expressions
-in 1791--“by almost imperceptible degrees from evident clusters,
-such as the Pleiades, to spots without a trace of stellar formation,
-the gradations being so well connected as to leave no doubt that all
-these phenomena were equally stellar.” They were what Lambert and Kant
-had supposed them to be--island-universes, vast congeries of suns,
-independently organised, and of galactic rank. They were, each and all,
-glorious systems, barely escaping total submergence in the illimitable
-ocean of space. Under the influence of these grandiose ideas, Herschel
-told Miss Burney, in 1786, that with his “large twenty-foot” he had
-“discovered 1,500 universes!” Fifteen hundred “whole sidereal systems,
-some of which might well outvie our Milky Way in grandeur.”
-
-His contemplations of the heavens showed him everywhere traces of
-progress--of progress rising towards perfection, then sinking into
-decay, though with a sure prospect of renovation. He was thus led to
-arrange the nebulæ in a presumed order of development. The signs of
-interior condensation traceable in nearly all, he attributed to the
-persistent action of central forces. Condensation, then, gave evidence
-of age. Aggregated stars drew closer and closer together with time. So
-that scattered or branching formations were to be regarded as at an
-early stage of systemic existence; globular clusters, as representing
-universes still in the prime of life; while objects of the planetary
-kind were set down as “very aged, and drawing on towards a period of
-change, or dissolution.”
-
-Our own nebula he characterised as “a very extensive, branching
-congeries of many millions of stars,” bearing upon it “fewer marks of
-profound antiquity than the rest.” Yet, in certain regions, he found
-“reason to believe that the stars are now drawing towards various
-secondary centres, and will in time separate into different clusters.”
-As an example of the ravages of time upon the galactic structure,
-he adverted to a black opening, four degrees wide, in the Zodiacal
-Scorpion, bordered on the west by an exceedingly compact cluster
-(Messier’s No. 80), possibly formed, he thought, of stars drawn from
-the adjacent vacancy. The chasm was to him one of the most impressive
-of celestial phenomena. His sister preserved an indelible recollection
-of hearing him, in the course of his observations, after a long, awful
-silence, exclaim, “Hier ist wahrhaftig ein Loch im Himmel!” (Here,
-truly, is a hole in the sky); and he recurred to its examination
-night after night and year after year, without ever clearing up, to
-his complete satisfaction, the mystery of its origin. The cluster
-significantly located at its edge was lit up in 1860 by the outburst of
-a temporary star.
-
-This was not the sole instance noted by Herschel of the conjunction
-of a chasm with a cluster; and chasms and clusters alike told the
-same story of dilapidation. He foresaw, accordingly, as inevitable,
-the eventual “breaking-up” of the Milky Way into many small, but
-independent nebulæ. “The state into which the incessant action of the
-clustering power has brought it at present,” he wrote in 1814, “is a
-kind of chronometer that may be used to measure the time of its past
-and future existence; and although we do not know the rate of going of
-this mysterious chronometer, it is, nevertheless, certain that since
-the breaking up of the Milky Way affords a proof that it cannot last
-for ever, it equally bears witness that its past duration cannot be
-admitted to be infinite.”
-
-Thus the idea of estimating the relative “ages” of celestial
-objects--of arranging them according to their progress in development,
-originated with Herschel in 1789. “This method of viewing the heavens,”
-he added, “seems to throw them into a new kind of light. They are
-now seen to resemble a luxuriant garden which contains the greatest
-variety of productions in different flourishing beds; and one
-advantage we may at least reap from it is that we can, as it were,
-extend the range of our experience to an immense duration. For, is
-it not almost the same thing whether we live successively to witness
-the germination, blooming, foliage, fecundity, fading, withering, and
-corruption of a plant, or whether a vast number of specimens, selected
-from every stage through which the plant passes in the course of its
-existence, be brought at once to our view?”
-
-But while he followed the line of continuity thus vividly traced,
-another crossing, and more or less interfering with it, opened out
-before him. The discovery of a star in Taurus, “surrounded with a
-faintly luminous atmosphere,” led him, in 1791, to revise his previous
-opinions regarding the nature of nebulæ. He was not at all ashamed of
-this fresh start. No fear of “committing himself” deterred him from
-imparting the thoughts that accompanied his multudinous observations.
-He felt committed to nothing but truth. He was advancing into an
-untrodden country. At every step he came upon unexpected points of
-view. The bugbear of inconsistency could not prevent him from taking
-advantage of each in turn to gain a wider prospect.
-
-Until 1791 Herschel never doubted that gradations of distance fully
-accounted for gradations of nebular resolvability. He had been led on,
-he explained, by almost imperceptible degrees from evident clusters
-to spots without a trace of stellar formation, no break anywhere
-suggesting the possibility of a radical difference of constitution.
-“When I pursued these researches,” he went on, “I was in the situation
-of a natural philosopher who follows the various species of animals
-and insects from the height of their perfection down to the lowest ebb
-of life; when, arriving at the vegetable kingdom, he can scarcely point
-out to us the precise boundary where the animal ceases and the plant
-begins; and may even go so far as to suspect them not to be essentially
-different. But, recollecting himself, he compares, for instance,
-one of the human species to a tree, and all doubt upon the subject
-vanishes. In the same manner we pass by gentle steps from a coarse
-cluster to an object such as the nebula in Orion, where we are still
-inclined to remain in the once adopted idea of stars exceedingly remote
-and inconceivably crowded, as being the occasion of that remarkable
-appearance. It seems, therefore, to require a more dissimilar object
-to set us right again. A glance like that of the naturalist, who casts
-his eye from the perfect animal to the perfect vegetable, is wanting
-to remove the veil from the mind of the astronomer. The object I have
-mentioned above is the phenomenon that was wanting. View, for instance,
-the nineteenth cluster of my sixth class, and afterwards cast your eye
-on this cloudy star, and the result will be no less decisive than that
-of the naturalist. Our judgment, I venture to say, will be that _the
-nebulosity about the star is not of a starry nature_.”
-
-In this manner he inferred the existence of real nebulous matter--of
-a “shining fluid” of unknown and unimaginable properties. Was it
-perhaps, he asked himself, a display of electrical illumination, like
-the aurora borealis, or did it rather resemble the “magnificent cone of
-the zodiacal light?” A boundless field of speculation was thrown open.
-“These nebulous stars,” he added, “may serve as a clue to unravel
-other mysterious phenomena.”
-
-As their close allies, he now recognised planetary nebulæ, the
-“milkiness, or soft tint of their light,” agreeing much better with the
-supposition of a fluid, than of a stellar condition. And he rightly
-placed in the same category the Orion nebula, and certain “diffused
-nebulosities” which he had observed just to tarnish the sky over wide
-areas. These last might, he considered, be quite near the earth, and
-the object in Orion not more distant than perhaps an average second
-magnitude star.
-
-The relations of the sidereal to the nebular “principle” exercised
-Herschel’s thoughts during many years. He had no sooner reasoned out
-the existence in interstellar space of a rarefied, self-luminous
-substance, than he began to interrogate himself as to its probable
-function. Nature was to him the expression of Supreme Reason. He could
-only conceive of her doings as directed towards an intelligible end.
-Hence his confidence that rational investigation must lead to truth.
-
-Already in 1791 he hinted at the conclusion which he foresaw. The
-envelope of a “cloudy star” was, he declared, “more fit to produce
-a star by its condensation than to depend upon the star for its
-existence.” And the surmise was confirmed by his detection, in a
-planetary nebula, of a sharp nucleus, or “generating star,” possibly to
-be completed in time by the further accumulation of luminous matter.
-
-His conjectures developed in 1811 into a formal theory. The cosmical
-fluid was met with in all stages of condensation. Nebulous tracts of
-almost evanescent lustre were connected in an unbroken series with
-slightly “burred” objects, wanting only a few last touches to make them
-finished stars. The extremes, as he said, had been, by his “critical
-examination of the nebulous system,” “connected by such nearly allied
-intermediate steps, as will make it highly probable that every
-succeeding state of the nebulous matter is the result of the action of
-gravitation upon it while in a foregoing one.”
-
-In 1814 he traced the progress towards maturity of binary systems.
-Originating in double nebulæ incompletely dissevered--Siamese-twin
-objects, of which he had collected 139 examples--they next appeared
-as nebulously-connected stars, finally as a pair materially isolated,
-and linked together by the sole tie of gravitation. Scattered clusters
-represented, in his scheme of celestial progress, a state antecedent
-to that of globular clusters. “The still remaining irregularity of
-their arrangement,” he said, “additionally proves that the action of
-the clustering power has not been exerted long enough to produce a more
-artificial construction.” He made, too, the important admission that
-clusters apparently “in, or very near the Milky Way,” were truly part
-and parcel of that complex agglomeration.
-
-But what of his “fifteen hundred universes,” which had now logically
-ceased to exist? The stellar and nebular “principles” had virtually
-coalesced; both were included in the galactic system. The question
-of “island universes” was accordingly left in abeyance; although
-Herschel certainly believed in 1818 that among the multitude of
-“ambiguous objects”--we should call them irresolvable nebulæ--many
-exterior firmaments were included. Yet what he had ascertained about
-the distribution of nebulæ should alone have sufficed to shatter this
-remnant of a conviction.
-
-The fact became clear to him during the progress of his “sweeps” that
-nebulæ, to some extent, _replace stars_. He found them to occur in
-“parcels,” more or less embedded with stars, “beds” and “parcels”
-together being surrounded by blank spaces. This arrangement grew so
-familiar to him that he used to notify his assistant, when stars
-thinned out in the zone he was traversing, “to prepare for nebulæ.”
-A wider relationship, brought within view by the large scale of
-his labours, was defined by his fortunate habit of charting, for
-convenience of identification, each newly-discovered batch of nebulæ.
-
-“A very remarkable circumstance,” he wrote in 1784, “attending the
-nebulæ and clusters of stars, is that they are arranged into strata,
-which seem to run on to a great length; and some of them I have already
-been able to pursue, so as to guess pretty well at their form and
-direction. It is probable enough that they may surround the whole
-apparent sphere of the heavens, not unlike the Milky Way.”
-
-In the following year he spoke no longer of a zone, but of two vast
-groupings of nebulæ about the opposite poles of the Milky Way. That
-is to say, where stars are scarcest nebulæ are most abundant. The
-correspondence did not escape him; but he did not recognise its
-architectonic meaning. He had traced out the main plan of the stellar
-world; he had discovered, not merely thousands of nebulæ, but the
-nebular system; he had shown that stars and nebulæ were intimately
-associated; he had even made it clear that nebular distribution was
-governed by the lines of galactic structure. It only remained to draw
-the obvious inference that these related parts made up one whole--that
-no more than a single universe is laid open to human contemplation.
-This was done by Whewell thirty years after his death.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV.
-
-HERSCHEL’S SPECIAL INVESTIGATIONS.
-
-
-Double stars were, when Herschel began to pay attention to them,
-regarded as mere chance productions. No suspicion was entertained
-that a real, physical bond united their components. Only the Jesuit
-astronomer, Christian Mayer, maintained that bright stars were often
-attended by faint ones; and since his observations were not such as
-to inspire much confidence, his assertions counted for very little.
-“In my opinion,” Herschel wrote in 1782, “it is much too soon to form
-any theories of small stars revolving round large ones.” He, indeed,
-probably even then, suspected that close _equal_ stars formed genuine
-couples; but he waited, if so, for evidence of the connection. The
-chief subject of his experiments on parallax was Epsilon Boötis, an
-exquisitely tinted, unequal pair. But he soon became aware that either
-stellar parallax was elusively small, or that he was on the wrong track
-for detecting it. And, since his favourite stars have proved to be a
-binary combination, it was, of course, drawing water in a sieve to make
-one the test of perspective shifting in the other.
-
-The number of Herschel’s double stars alone showed them to be integral
-parts of an express design. Such a crop of casualties was out of all
-reasonable question. And it was actually pointed out in 1784 by John
-Michell, a man of extraordinary sagacity, that the odds in favour of
-their physical union were truly “beyond arithmetic.”
-
-Herschel meantime kept them under watch and ward, and after the lapse
-of a score of years found himself in a position to speak decisively.
-On July 1, 1802, he informed the Royal Society that “casual situations
-will not account for the multiplied phenomena of double stars,” adding,
-“I shall soon communicate a series of observations proving that many
-of them have already changed their situation in a progressive course,
-denoting a periodical revolution round each other.” A year later he
-amply fulfilled this pledge. Discussing in detail the displacements
-brought to light by his patient measurements, he made it clear that
-they could be accounted for only by supposing the six couples in
-question to be “real binary combinations, intimately held together
-by the bond of mutual attraction.” His conclusion was, in each case,
-ratified by subsequent observation. The stars instanced by him--Castor,
-Gamma Leonis, Epsilon Boötis, Delta Serpentis, Gamma Virginis, and
-Zeta Herculis--are all noted binaries. Not satisfied with establishing
-the fact, Herschel assigned the periods of their revolutions. But he
-could only do so on the hypothesis of circular motion, while the real
-orbits are highly elliptical. His estimates then went necessarily wide
-of the mark. For one pair only, he was able to use an observation
-anterior to his own. Bradley had roughly fixed, in 1759, the relative
-position of the components of Castor, the finest double star in the
-northern heavens; and the preservation of the record in Dr. Maskelyne’s
-note-book extended by twenty years the basis of Herschel’s conclusions
-regarding this system.
-
-He continued, in 1803, his discussions of double stars; announced
-a leisurely circulation of both the pairs composing the typical
-“double-double star,” Epsilon Lyræ; and conjectured the union of the
-two into one grand whole--a forecast verified by the evidence of
-common proper motion. The Annus Magnus of the quadruple system cannot,
-according to Flammarion, be less than a million of years.
-
-The discovery of binary stars was, in Arago’s phrase, “one with a
-future.” In itself an amazing revelation, it marked the beginning of
-a series of investigations of immense variety and importance. By it,
-a science of sidereal mechanics was shown to be possible; the sway of
-gravitation received an unlimited extension; and the perception of
-order, which is the precursor of knowledge, ranged at once over the
-whole visible creation. Herschel, it is true, had not the means of
-formally proving that stellar orbits are described in obedience to the
-Newtonian law. His affirmative assertion rested only on the analogy of
-the solar system. But the rightness of his judgment has never seriously
-been called in question.
-
-His research into the transport of the solar system through space
-proved, as Bessel said, that the activity of his mind was independent
-of the stimulus supplied by his own observations. It was one of his
-most brilliant performances.
-
-The detection of progressive star-movements was due to Halley. It
-was announced in 1718. The bright objects spangling the sky are then
-“fixed” only in name. “But if the proper motion of the stars be
-admitted,” asked Herschel, “who can deny that of our sun?” The same
-idea had occurred to several earlier astronomers, but only one, Tobias
-Mayer, of Göttingen, had tried to test it practically; and he had
-failed. “To discern the proper motion of the sun between so many other
-motions of the stars,” Herschel might well designate “an arduous task.”
-Yet it was not on that account to be neglected. The conditions of the
-problem were perfectly clear to him. If the sun alone were in motion,
-the stars should unanimously appear to drift backward from the “apex,”
-or point on the sphere towards which his journey was directed. The
-heavens would open out in front of his advance, and close up behind.
-The effect was compared by Mayer to the widening prospect and narrowing
-vista of trees to a man walking through a forest. On this supposition,
-the perspective displacements of any two stars sufficiently far apart
-in the sky would suffice to determine the solar apex. For it should
-coincide with the intersection of the two great circles continuing the
-directions of those displacements. But the question is far from being
-of this elementary nature. The stars are all flitting about on their
-own account, after--to our apprehension--a haphazard fashion. The sole
-element of general congruity traceable among them is that “systematic,
-or higher, parallax,” by which each of them is, according to a
-determinate proportion, inevitably affected. If this can be elicited,
-the line of the sun’s progress becomes at once known.
-
-Herschel treated the subject in the simplest possible manner. Striking
-a balance between the proper motions of only seven stars, he deduced,
-in 1783, from simple geometrical considerations, an apex for the sun’s
-way, marked by the star Lambda Herculis. But while he seemed to proceed
-by rule, he was really led by the unerring instinct of genius. His
-mode of conducting an investigation, small in compass, yet almost
-inconceivably grand in import, distances praise. Its directness and
-apparent artlessness strike us dumb with wonder. Eminently suited to
-the materials at his command, it was summary, yet, within fairly narrow
-limits, secure. And the result has stood the test of time. It ranks,
-even now, as a valuable approximation to the truth. He himself regarded
-his essay as nothing more than an experimental effort. In a letter to
-Dr. Wilson, of Glasgow, he expressed his apprehensions lest his paper
-on the sun’s motion “might be too much out of the way to deserve the
-notice of astronomers.”
-
-Provided with Maskelyne’s table of thirty-six proper motions, he
-resumed the subject in 1805. He now employed a graphical method,
-drawing great circles to represent the observed stellar movements, and
-planting his apex impartially in the midst of their intersections. It
-was, however, less happily located than that of 1783. The constellation
-Hercules again just included it; but it lay certainly too far west,
-and probably too far north. The memoir conveying the upshot of the
-research is, none the less, a masterpiece. Philosophy and common-sense
-have rarely been so fortunately blended as in this discussion. Without
-any mathematical apparatus, the plan of attack upon a recondite problem
-is expounded with the utmost generality and precision. The reasoning
-is strong and sure; intelligible to the ignorant, instructive to the
-learned.
-
-In his earlier paper, Herschel, while venturing only to “offer a few
-distant hints” as to the _rate_ of the sun’s travelling, expressed
-the opinion that it could “certainly not be less than that which the
-earth has in her annual orbit.” That is to say, his minimum estimate
-was then nineteen miles per second. A direct inquiry, on the other
-hand, convinced him, in 1806, that the solar motion, viewed at right
-angles from the distance of Sirius, would cover yearly an arc of
-1″. 112. This he called “its quantity;” the corresponding velocity
-remained undetermined. We can, however, now, since the real distance
-of his assumed station has been determined, translate this angular
-value into a linear speed of about nine miles a second. The mean of
-his two estimates, or fourteen miles a second, probably differs little
-from the actual rate at which the solar system is being borne to its
-unimaginable destination.
-
-His conclusions regarding the solar translation obtained little notice,
-and less acceptance from his contemporaries and immediate successors.
-His son rejected them as untrustworthy; Bessel, the greatest authority
-of his time in the science of “how the heavens move,” declared in
-1818 that the sun’s apex might be situated in any other part of the
-sky with as much probability as in the constellation Hercules. Not
-until Argelander, by a strict treatment of multiplied and improved
-data, arrived in 1837 at practically the same result, did Herschel’s
-anticipatory efforts obtain the recognition they deserved. Scarcely in
-any department has there been put on record so well-directed a leap
-into the dark of coming discovery.
-
-The systematic light-measurement of the stars began with the same
-untiring investigator. He described in 1796 the method since named
-that of “sequences,” and presented to the Royal Society the first of
-six Photometric Catalogues embracing nearly all the 2,935 stars in
-Flamsteed’s “British Catalogue.” They gave comparative brightnesses
-estimated with the naked eye; classification by magnitudes was put
-aside as vague and misleading. The “sequences” serving for their
-construction were lists of stars arranged, by repeated trials, in
-order of lustre, and rendered mutually comparable by the inclusion
-in each of a few members of the preceding series. Their combination
-into a catalogue was then easily effected. “Simple as my method is in
-principle,” he remarked, “it is very laborious in its progress.” On a
-restricted scale it is still employed for following the gradations of
-change in variable stars.
-
-These researches lay, as Professor Holden expresses it, “directly on
-the line of Herschel’s main work.” The separation of the stars into
-light-ranks intimates at once something as to their distribution in
-space; but the intimations may prove deceptive unless the divisions be
-accurately established. Hence, stellar photometry is an indispensable
-adjunct to the study of sidereal construction. Herschel prosecuted
-the subject besides with a view to ascertaining the constancy of
-stellar lustre. He had been struck with singular discordances between
-magnitudes assigned at different dates. Not to mention stars obviously
-variable, there were others which seemed to be affected by a slow,
-secular waxing or waning. In some of the instances alleged by him,
-the alteration was no doubt fictitious--a record of antique errors;
-but there was a genuine residuum. Thus, the immemorially observed
-constituents of the Plough preserve no fixed order of relative
-brilliancy, now one, now another of the septett having, at sundry
-epochs, assumed the primacy; while a small star in the same group,
-Alcor, the “rider” of the second “horse,” has, in the course of a
-millennium, plainly thrown off some part of its former obscurity. The
-Arabs in the desert regarded it as a test of penetrating vision; and
-they were accustomed to oppose “Suhel” to “Suha” (Canopus to Alcor) as
-occupying respectively the highest and lowest posts in the celestial
-hierarchy. So that _Vidit Alcor, at non lunam plenam_, came to be a
-proverbial description of one keenly alive to trifles, but dull of
-apprehension for broad facts. Now, however, Alcor is an easy naked-eye
-object. One needs not be a “tailor of Breslau,” or a Siberian savage,
-to see it. The little star is unmistakably more luminous than of old.
-
-An inversion of brilliancy between Castor and Pollux, and between the
-two leading stars in the Whale, is further generally admitted to have
-taken place during the eighteenth century. The prevalence of such
-vicissitudes was deeply impressive to Herschel, especially through
-their bearing upon the past and future history of our own planet.
-“If,” he said, “the similarity of stars with our sun be admitted, how
-necessary will it be to take notice of the fate of our neighbouring
-_suns_, in order to guess at that of our own. The _star_ which we have
-dignified by the name of _Sun_ may to-morrow begin to undergo a gradual
-decay of brightness, like Alpha Ceti, Alpha Draconis, Delta Ursæ
-Majoris, and many other diminishing stars. It may suddenly increase
-like the wonderful star in Cassiopeia, or gradually come on like
-Pollux, Beta Ceti, etc. And, lastly, it may turn into a periodical one
-of twenty-five days’ duration (the solar period of rotation), as Algol
-is one of three days, Delta Cephei of five days, etc.” He found it,
-accordingly, “perhaps the easiest way of accounting for past changes
-in climate to surmise that our sun has been formerly sometimes more,
-sometimes less, bright than it is at present.” Herschel attempted,
-in 1798, to analyse star-colours by means of a prism applied to the
-eye-glasses of his reflector. Nothing of moment could at that time come
-of such experiments; but they deserve to be remembered as a sort of
-premonition of future methods of research into the physical condition
-of the stars.
-
-His attention to the sun might have been exclusive, so diligent was
-his scrutiny of its shining surface. Many of its peculiarities were
-first described by him, and none escaped him, except the “deeper
-deep,” or black nucleus of spots, detected by Dawes in 1852. The dusky
-“pores” and brilliant “nodules,” the corrugations, indentations, and
-ridges; the manifold aspects of spots, or “openings;” their “luminous
-shelving sides,” known as penumbræ; were all noted in detail, ranged in
-proper order, and studied in their mutual relations. Spots presented
-themselves to him as evident depressions in the luminous disc; faculæ,
-“so far from resembling torches,” appeared “like the shrivelled
-elevations upon a dried apple, extended in length, and most of them
-joined together, making waves, or waving lines.” Towards the north and
-south, he went on, “I see no faculæ; there is all over the sun a great
-unevenness, which has the appearance of a mixture of small points of
-an unequal light; but they are evidently a roughness of high and low
-parts.”
-
-His theory of the solar constitution was a development of Wilson’s.
-It was clearly conceived, firmly held, and boldly put forward. The
-definite picturesqueness, moreover, of the language in which it was
-clothed, at once laid hold of the public imagination, and gave it
-a place in public favour from which it was dislodged only by the
-irresistible assaults of spectrum analysis.
-
-The sun was regarded by Herschel as a cool dark body surrounded by
-an extensive atmosphere made up of various elastic fluids. Its upper
-stratum--Schröter named it the “photosphere”--was of cloud-like
-composition, and consisted of lucid matter precipitated from the
-elastic medium by which it was sustained. Its depth was estimated at
-two or three thousand miles, and the nature of its emissions suggested
-a comparison with the densest coruscations of the aurora borealis.
-Below lay a region of “planetary,” or protective clouds. Dense, opaque,
-and highly reflective, “they must add,” he said, “a most capital
-support to the splendour of the sun by throwing back so great a share
-of the brightness coming to them.” Their movements betrayed the action
-of vehement winds; and indeed the continual “luminous decompositions”
-producing the radiating shell, with the consequent regeneration of
-atmospheric gases beneath, “must unavoidably be attended with great
-agitations, such as with us might even be called hurricanes.” The
-formation and ascent of “empyreal gas” would cause, when moderate in
-quantity, pores, or small openings in the brilliant layers. But should
-it happen to be generated in uncommon quantities, “it will burst
-through the planetary regions of clouds, and thus will produce great
-openings; then, spreading itself above them, it will occasion large
-shallows, and, mixing afterwards gradually with other superior gases,
-it will promote the increase, and assist in the maintenance of the
-general luminous phenomena.”
-
-The solid globe thus girt round with cloud and fire was depicted as
-a highly eligible place of residence. An equable climate, romantic
-scenery, luxuriant vegetation, smiling landscapes, were to be found
-there. It might, accordingly, be admitted without hesitation that “the
-sun was richly stored with inhabitants.” For the lucid shell visible
-from the exterior possessed, according to this theory, none of the
-all-consuming ardour now attributed to it. Its blaze was a superficial
-display; beneath, “the immense curtain of the planetary clouds was
-everywhere closely drawn” round a world perfectly accommodated to vital
-needs.
-
-In order to reconcile this supposed state of things with the observed
-order of nature, it was suggested that traces of it subsist in the
-planets, “all of which, we have pretty good reason to believe, emit
-light in some degree.” The night-side illumination of Venus, the
-sinister glare of the eclipsed moon, the auroral glimmerings of the
-earth, were adduced as evidence to this effect. The contrast between
-the central body and its dependants was softened down to the utmost.
-
-“The sun, viewed in this light,” Herschel wrote in 1794, “appears to be
-nothing else than a very eminent, large, and lucid planet, evidently
-the first, or, in strictness of speaking, the only primary one of our
-system; all others being truly secondary to it. Its similarity to the
-other globes of the solar system with regard to its solidity, its
-atmosphere, and its diversified surface; the rotation upon its axis,
-and the fall of heavy bodies, lead us on to suppose that it is also
-most probably inhabited, like the rest of the planets, by beings whose
-organs are adapted to the peculiar circumstances of that vast globe.”
-
-To us, nearing the grey dawn of the twentieth century, the idea seems
-extravagant; it was, in the eighteenth, plausible and alluring. The
-philosophers of that age regarded the multiplicity of inhabited
-worlds as of axiomatic certainty. The widest possible diffusion of
-life followed, they held, as a corollary from the beneficence of the
-Creator; while their sense of economy rendered them intolerant of
-_wasted_ globes. Herschel was then reluctant to attribute to the sun
-a purely _altruistic_ existence. Only from the point of view of our
-small terrestrial egotism could so glorious a body figure as solely
-an attractive centre, and a focus of warmth and illumination to a
-group of planets. Besides, looking abroad through the universe, we see
-multitudes of stars which can exercise no ministerial functions. Those
-united to form compressed clusters, or simply joined in pairs, are
-unlikely, it was argued, to carry a train of satellites with them in
-their complex circlings. Unless, then, “we would make them mere useless
-brilliant points,” they must “exist for themselves,” and claim primary
-parts in the great cosmical life-drama.
-
-Herschel’s sun is to us moderns a wholly fabulous body. Still, there
-is a fantastic magnificence about the conception so strongly realised
-by his powerful imagination. Moreover, its scientific value was by
-no means inconsiderable. It represented the first serious effort to
-co-ordinate solar phenomena; it implied the spontaneous action of some
-sort of machinery for the production of light and heat. Spots were
-associated with a circulatory process; the photosphere was portrayed
-under its true aspect. The persistence of its hollows and heights, its
-pores and rugosities, convinced Herschel that the lustrous substance
-composing it was “neither a liquid nor an elastic fluid,” which should
-at once subside into an unbroken level. “It exists, therefore,” he
-inferred, “in the manner of lucid clouds swimming in the transparent
-atmosphere of the sun.”
-
-“The influence of this eminent body on the globe we inhabit,” he wrote,
-continuing the subject in 1801, “is so great, and so widely diffused,
-that it becomes almost a duty to study the operations which are carried
-on upon the solar surface.” This duty he fulfilled to perfection. His
-telescopic readings from the changeful solar disc were of extraordinary
-precision and comprehensiveness. They show his powers as an observer
-perhaps at their best. And, since reasoning was with him inseparable
-from seeing, the appearances he noted took, as if of their own accord,
-their proper places. The history of spots was completely traced. He
-recorded their birth by the enlargement of pores; their development
-and sub-division; established their connexion with faculous matter,
-piled up beside them like mountain-ranges round an Alpine lake, or
-flung across their cavities like blazing suspension-bridges; and
-watched finally their closing-up and effacement, not even omitting the
-post-mortem examination of the disturbances they left behind.
-
-One of Herschel’s curiously original enterprises was his attempt to
-ascertain a possible connexion between solar and terrestrial physics.
-“I am now much inclined to believe,” he stated in 1801, “that openings
-with great shallows, ridges, nodules, and corrugations, may lead us to
-expect a copious emission of heat, and, therefore, mild seasons. And
-that, on the contrary, pores, small indentations, and a poor appearance
-of the luminous clouds, the absence of ridges and nodules, and of
-large openings and shallows, will denote a spare emission of heat,
-and may induce us to expect severe seasons. A constant observation
-of the sun with this view, and a proper information respecting the
-general mildness or severity of the seasons in all parts of the world,
-may bring this theory to perfection, or refute it, if it be not well
-founded.”
-
-But the available data regarding weather-changes turning out to be
-exceedingly defective, he had recourse to the celebrated expedient of
-comparing the state of the sun in past years with the recorded prices
-of corn. Fully admitting the inadequacy of the criterion, he still
-thought that the sun being “the ultimate fountain of fertility, the
-subject may deserve a short investigation, especially as no other
-method is left for our choice.” He obtained, as the upshot, partial
-confirmation of the surmise that “some temporary defect of vegetation”
-ensued upon the subsidence of solar agitation. In plainer language,
-food-stuffs tended to become dear when sun-spots were few and small. No
-signs of cyclical change could, however, be made out. The discovery of
-the “sun-spot period” was left to Schwabe. This admirable preliminary
-effort to elicit the earth’s response to solar vicissitudes was
-denounced by Brougham as a “grand absurdity;” and the readers of the
-second number of the _Edinburgh Review_ were assured that “since the
-publication of ‘Gulliver’s Travels,’ nothing so ridiculous had ever
-been offered to the world!”
-
-Herschel did not neglect the planets. His observations of Venus
-extended from 1777 to 1793. Their principal object was to ascertain the
-circumstances of the planet’s rotation; but they eluded him; which,
-considering that they are still quite uncertain, is not surprising.
-He would probably have communicated nothing on the subject had he not
-been piqued into premature publication by Schröter’s statement that
-the mountains of Venus rose to “four, five, or even six times the
-perpendicular elevation of Chimborazo.” Herschel did not believe in
-them, and expressed his incredulity in somewhat sarcastic terms. “As to
-the mountains in Venus,” he wrote, “I may venture to say that no eye
-which is not considerably better than mine, or assisted by much better
-instruments, will ever get a sight of them.” He rightly inferred,
-however, the presence of an extensive atmosphere from the bending of
-the sun’s rays so as to form much more than a semicircular rim of light
-to the dark disc of the planet when near inferior conjunction--that is,
-when approximately in a right line between us and the sun. He fully
-ascertained, too, the unreality of the Cytherean phantom-satellite.
-The irritability visible in this paper made a solitary exception
-to Herschel’s customary geniality. It might have led to a heated
-controversy but for the excellent temper of Schröter’s reply.
-
-Although we may not be prepared to gainsay Herschel’s dictum that “the
-analogy between Mars and the earth is perhaps by far the greatest in
-the whole solar system,” we can hardly hold it to be so probable as he
-did that “its inhabitants enjoy a situation in many respects similar
-to ours.” Yet the modern epoch in the physical study of Mars began
-with his announcement in 1784 that its white polar caps spread and
-shrank as winter and summer alternated in their respective hemispheres.
-His conclusion of their being produced by snowy depositions from
-“a considerable, though moderate, atmosphere,” is not likely to be
-overthrown. He established, besides, the general permanence of the dark
-markings, notwithstanding minor alterations due, he supposed, to the
-variable distribution of clouds and vapours on the planet’s surface.
-
-This vigilant “watcher of the skies” laid before the Royal Society,
-May 6th, 1802, his “Observations of the two lately discovered Bodies.”
-These were Ceres and Pallas, which, with Juno and Vesta, picked up
-shortly afterwards, constituted the vanguard of the planetoid army.
-Herschel foresaw its arrival. He adopted unhesitatingly Olbers’s theory
-of their disruptive origin, and calculated that Mercury, the least
-of the true planets, might be broken up into 35,000 masses no larger
-than Pallas. An indefinite number of such fragments (about 420 are
-now known) were accordingly inferred to circulate between the orbits
-of Mars and Jupiter. He distinguished their peculiarities, and, since
-they could with propriety be designated neither planets nor comets, he
-proposed for them the name of “asteroids.” But here again he incurred,
-to use his own mild phrase, “the illiberal criticism of the _Edinburgh
-Review_.” “Dr. Herschel’s passion for coining words and idioms,”
-Brougham declared, “has often struck us as a weakness wholly unworthy
-of him. The invention of a name is but a poor achievement in him who
-has discovered whole worlds.” The reviewer forgot, however, that new
-things will not always fit into the framework of old terminology. He
-added the contemptible insinuation that Herschel had devised the word
-“asteroid” for the express purpose of keeping Piazzi’s and Olbers’s
-discoveries on a lower level than his own of Uranus.
-
-Herschel made no direct reply to the attack; only pointing out, in
-December, 1804, how aptly the detection of Juno had come to verify his
-forecasts. “The specific differences,” he said, “between planets and
-asteroids appear now, by the addition of a third individual of the
-latter species, to be more fully established; and that circumstance,
-in my opinion, has added more to the ornament of our system than the
-discovery of another planet could have done.”
-
-His endeavours to determine the diameters of these small bodies were
-ineffectual. Although he at first estimated those of Ceres and Pallas
-at 162 and 147 miles, he admitted later his inability to decide as to
-the reality of the minute discs shown by them; and they were first
-genuinely measured by Professor Barnard with the great Lick refractor
-in 1894.
-
-The “trade-wind theory” of Jupiter’s belts originated with Herschel;
-and he took note of the irregular drifting movements of the spots on
-his surface, and their consequent uselessness for determining the
-period of his rotation. That of Saturn’s he fixed quite accurately
-at ten hours sixteen minutes, with a marginal uncertainty of two
-minutes, the period now accepted being of ten hours fourteen minutes.
-The possession by this planet of a profound atmosphere was inferred
-from the changes in its belts, as well as from some curious phenomena
-attending the disappearance of its satellites. They were commonly
-seen to “hang on the limb”--that is, to pause during an appreciable
-interval on the brink of occultation. Mimas, on one occasion, remained
-thus poised during twenty minutes! For so long it was geometrically
-concealed, although visible by the effect of refraction. Saturn was
-an object of constant solicitude at Slough; and it was only with the
-surpassing instruments mounted there that much could be learned about
-Galileo’s _altissimo pianeta_. Herschel supposed, with Laplace, the
-rings to be solid structures; and he added that the interval of 2,500
-miles separating them “must be of considerable service to the planet
-in reducing the space that is eclipsed by the shadow of the ring.” The
-“crape ring” was _seen_, but not recognised. In one of his drawings it
-figures as a dusky belt crossing the body of the planet.
-
-His satellite discoveries proved exceedingly difficult to verify. The
-Saturnian pair were lost, after he left them, until his son once more
-drew them from obscurity. Regarding the outermost member of the system,
-Japetus, discovered by Cassini in 1671, Herschel noticed, in 1792, a
-singular circumstance. It was already known to vary in brightness; we
-receive from it, in fact, four and a-half times more light at certain
-epochs than at others. The novelty consisted in showing that this
-variation depended upon the satellite’s situation in its orbit in such
-a manner as to leave no doubt that, like our moon, it keeps the same
-face always directed inwards towards its primary. So that Japetus was
-inferred to turn on its axis in the period of its revolution round
-Saturn, that is, in seventy-nine and one-third days.
-
-“From its changes” he “concluded that by far the largest part of its
-surface reflects much less light than the rest; and that neither the
-darkest nor the brightest side of the satellite is turned towards the
-planet, but partly the one and partly the other.”
-
-Guessing at once that our moon and Japetus did not present the
-only examples of equality in the times of rotation and revolution,
-he continued: “I cannot help reflecting with some pleasure on the
-discovery of an analogy which shows that a certain uniform plan is
-carried on among the secondaries of our solar system; and we may
-conjecture that probably most of the satellites are governed by the
-same law, especially if it be founded upon such a construction of their
-figure as makes them more ponderous towards their primary planet.”
-This very explanation was long afterwards adopted by Hansen. The
-peculiarity in question may without hesitation be set down as an effect
-of primordial tides.
-
-In 1797 Herschel brought forward detailed evidence to shew that his
-generalisation applied to the Jovian system; but recent observations at
-Lick and Arequipa demand a suspension of judgment on the point.
-
-The Uranian train of attendants was left by Herschel in an unsettled
-condition. Two of them, as we have seen, he discovered in 1787; and
-he subsequently caught glimpses of what he took to be four others.
-But only Oberon and Titania have maintained their status; the four
-companions assigned to them are non-existent. An unmistakable interior
-pair--Ariel and Umbriel--was, however, discovered by Mr. Lassell, at
-Malta, in 1851; and they may possibly have combined with deceptive
-star-points to produce Herschel’s dubious quartette. He described in
-1798 the exceptional arrangement of the Uranian system. Its circulation
-is retrograde. The bodies composing it move from east to west, but in
-orbits so tilted as to deviate but slightly from perpendicularity to
-the plane of the ecliptic.
-
-No trifling sensation was created in 1783, and again in 1787, by the
-news that Herschel had seen three lunar volcanoes in violent eruption.
-“The appearance of the actual fire” in one of them was compared by him
-to “a small piece of burning charcoal when it is covered with a very
-thin coating of white ashes. All the adjacent parts of the volcanic
-mountain seemed to be faintly illuminated by the eruption, and were
-gradually more obscure as they lay at a greater distance from the
-crater.” He eventually became aware that his senses had imposed upon
-him; but the illusion was very complete and has since occasionally been
-repeated. What was really seen was probably the vivid reflection of
-earth-shine from some unusually white lunar summits.
-
-He never knowingly discovered a comet, although some few such bodies
-possibly ensconced themselves, under false pretences, in his lists
-of nebulæ. But he made valuable observations upon the chief of those
-visible in his time, and introduced the useful terms, corresponding to
-instructive distinctions, “head,” “nucleus,” and “coma.” He inferred
-from the partial phases of the comet of 1807, that it was in a measure
-self-luminous; and from their total absence in the great comet of 1811,
-that its light was almost wholly original. The head of this object,
-which shone with an even, planetary radiance, he determined to be
-127,000, the star-like nucleus within, 428 miles across. The tail he
-described as “a hollow, inverted cone,” one hundred millions of miles
-long, and fifteen millions broad. This prodigious appurtenance was,
-in grade of luminosity, an exact match for the Milky Way. That comets
-wear out by the waste of their substance at perihelion, he thought
-very probable; the extent of their gleaming appendages thus serving
-as a criterion of their antiquity. They might, indeed, arrive in the
-solar system already shorn of much of their splendour by passages round
-other suns than ours; but their “age” could, in any case, be estimated
-according to the progress made in their decline from a purely nebulous
-to an almost “planetary” state. He went so far as to throw out the
-conjecture that “comets may become asteroids;” although the converse
-proposition that “asteroids may become comets,” of which something has
-been heard lately, would scarcely have been entertained by him.
-
-Enough has been said to show how greatly knowledge of the solar system
-in all its parts was furthered by Herschel’s observational resources,
-fertility of invention, and indomitable energy. He was, so to speak,
-ubiquitous. He had taken all the heavens for his province. Nothing that
-they included, from the faintest nebula to the sun, and from the sun to
-a telescopic shooting-star, evaded his consideration. A whole cycle of
-discoveries and successful investigations began and ended with him.
-
-His fame as an astronomer has cast into the shade his merits as
-a physicist. He made pioneering experiments on the infra-red
-heat-rays,[D] and anticipated, by an admirable intuition, the fact
-ascertained with the aid of Professor Langley’s “bolometer,” that
-the invisible surpass in extent the visible portions of the solar
-spectrum.[E] A search for darkening glasses suitable to solar
-observations, led him to the inquiry. Finding that some coloured media
-transmitted much heat and little light, while others stopped heat and
-let through most of the light, he surmised that a different heating
-power might belong to each spectral tint. His own maxim that “it is
-sometimes of great use in natural philosophy to doubt of things that
-are commonly taken for granted,” here came in appropriately. With a
-free mind he set about determining the luminous and thermal powers of
-successive spectral regions. They seemed to vary quite disconnectedly.
-A thermometer exposed to red rays during a given interval, rose three
-and a half times as much as when exposed to violet rays; and he showed
-further, by tracing the heat- and light-curves of the prismatic
-spectrum, that its heat-maximum lay out of reach of the eye in the
-infra-red, while luminous intensity culminated in the yellow. He even
-threw out the sagacious conjecture that “the chemical properties of
-the prismatic colours” might be “as different as those which relate
-to light and heat;” adding that “we cannot too minutely enter into
-an analysis of light, which is the most subtle of all the active
-principles that are concerned in the operations of nature.”
-
- [D] Phil. Trans. 1800, p. 255.
-
- [E] _Ibid._, p. 291.
-
-The ardour with which he pursued the inquiry betrays itself in the
-rapid succession of four masterly essays communicated to the Royal
-Society in 1800. They contained the first exposition worth mentioning
-of the properties of radiant heat. They gave the details of experiments
-demonstrating its obedience to the same laws of reflection, refraction,
-and dispersion as light; and showing the varieties in the absorptive
-action upon it of different substances. In the third memoir of the
-series, Professor Holden finds himself at a loss “which to admire
-most--the marvellous skill evinced in acquiring such accurate data
-with such inadequate means, and in varying and testing such a number
-of questions as were suggested in the course of the investigation--or
-the intellectual power shown in marshalling and reducing to a system
-such intricate, and apparently self-contradictory phenomena.” There
-is, indeed, scarcely one of Herschel’s researches in which his
-initiative vigour and insight are more brilliantly displayed than in
-this _parergon_--this task executed, as it were, out of hours. It is
-only a pity that he felt compelled, by the incompatibility of their
-distribution in the spectrum, to abandon his original opinion in favour
-of the essential identity of light and radiant heat. The erroneous
-impression left on the public mind by his recantation has hardly yet
-been altogether effaced.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V.
-
-THE INFLUENCE OF HERSCHEL’S CAREER ON MODERN ASTRONOMY.
-
-
-The powers of the telescope were so unexpectedly increased, that they
-may almost be said to have been discovered by William Herschel. No
-one before him had considered the advantages of large apertures. No
-one had seemed to remember that the primary function of an instrument
-designed to aid vision is to collect light. The elementary principle
-of space-penetration had not been adverted to. It devolved upon
-him to point out that the distances of similar objects are exactly
-proportional to the size of the telescopes barely sufficing to show
-them. The reason is obvious. Compare, for instance, a one-inch
-telescope with the naked eye. The telescope brings to a focus
-twenty-five times as much light as can enter the pupil, taken at
-one-fifth of an inch in diameter; therefore it will render visible
-a star twenty-five times fainter than the smallest seen without its
-help; or--what comes to the same thing--an intrinsically equal star
-at a five-fold distance. A one-inch glass hence actually quintuples
-the diameter of the visible universe, and gives access to seventy-five
-times the volume of space ranged through by the unassisted eye.
-
-This simple law Herschel made the foundation-stone of his sidereal
-edifice. He was the first to notice it, because he was the first
-practically to concern himself with the star-depths. The possibility
-of gauging the heavens rose with him above the horizon of science.
-Because untiring in exploration, he was insatiable of light; and being
-insatiable of light, he built great telescopes.
-
-His example was inevitably imitated and surpassed. Not through a vulgar
-ambition to “beat the record,” but because a realm had been thrown open
-which astronomers could not but desire to visit and search through for
-themselves. Lord Rosse’s six-foot reflector was the immediate successor
-of Herschel’s four-foot; Mr. Lassell’s beautiful specula followed; and
-the series of large _metallic_ reflectors virtually closed with that of
-four-feet aperture erected at Melbourne in 1870. The reflecting surface
-in modern instruments is furnished by a thin film of silver deposited
-on glass. It has the advantage of returning about half as much again of
-the incident light as the old specula, so that equal power is obtained
-with less size. Dr. Common’s five-foot is the grand exemplar in this
-kind; and it is fully equivalent to the Parsonstown six-foot.
-
-The improvement of refractors proceeded more slowly. Difficulties
-in the manufacture of glass stood in the way, and difficulties in
-the correction of colour. The splendid success, however, of the Lick
-thirty-six inch, and the fine promise of the Yerkes forty-inch, have
-turned the strongest current of hope for the future in the direction of
-this class of instrument. But all modern efforts to widen telescopic
-capacity primarily derive their impulse from Herschel’s passionate
-desire to see further, and to see better, than his predecessors.
-
-His observations demonstrate the rare excellence of his instruments.
-Experiments made on the asteroid Juno, in 1805, for the purpose
-of establishing a valid distinction between real and fictitious
-star-discs, prove, in Professor Holden’s opinion, the reflector
-employed to have been of almost ideal perfection; and his following of
-Saturn’s inner satellites right up to the limb, with the twenty-foot
-and the forty-foot, was a _tour de force_ in vision scarcely, if ever,
-surpassed.
-
-In the ordinary telescopes of those days really good definition was
-unknown; they showed the stars with rays or tails, distorted into
-triangles, or bulged into “cocked hats;” clean-cut, circular images
-were out of the question. Sitting next Herschel one day at dinner,
-Henry Cavendish, the great chemist, a remarkably taciturn man, broke
-silence with the abrupt question--“Is it true, Dr. Herschel, that you
-see the stars round?” “Round as a button,” replied the Doctor; and no
-more was said until Cavendish, near the close of the repast, repeated
-interrogatively, “Round as a button?” “Round as a button,” Herschel
-briskly reiterated, and the conversation closed.
-
-It seems probable that Herschel’s _caput artis_ lost some of its
-fine qualities with time. Great specula are peculiarly liable to
-deterioration. Their figure tends to become impaired by the stress of
-their own weight; their lustre is necessarily more or less evanescent.
-Re-polishing, however, is a sort of re-making; and the last felicitous
-touches, upon which everything depends, can never be reckoned upon with
-certainty. Hence, the original faultlessness of the great mirror was,
-perhaps, never subsequently reproduced.
-
-“Such telescopes as Herschel worked with,” Dr. Kitchiner wrote in
-1815, “could only be made by the man who used them, and only be used
-by the man who made them.” The saying is strictly true. His skill
-in one branch promoted his success in the other. He was as much at
-home with his telescopes as the Bedouin are with their horses. Their
-peculiarities made part of his most intimate experience. From the
-graduated varieties of his specula he picked out the one best suited
-to the purpose in hand. It was his principle never to employ a larger
-instrument than was necessary, agility of movement being taken into
-account no less than capacity for collecting light. The time-element,
-indeed, always entered into his calculations; he worked like a man who
-has few to-morrows.
-
-His sense of sight was exceedingly refined, and he took care to keep it
-so. In order to secure complete “tranquility of the retina,” he used to
-remain twenty minutes in the dark before attempting to observe faint
-objects; and his eye became so sensitive after some hours spent in
-“sweeping,” that the approach of a third-magnitude star obliged him to
-withdraw it from the telescope. A black hood thrown over his head while
-observing served to heighten this delicacy of vision. He despised no
-precaution. Details are “of consequence,” he wrote to Alexander Aubert,
-an amateur astronomer, “when we come to refinements, and want to _screw
-an instrument up to the utmost pitch_.”
-
-This was said in reference to his application of what seemed
-extravagantly high magnifying powers. He laid great stress upon it in
-the earlier part of his career. The method, he said, was “an untrodden
-path,” in which “a variety of new phenomena may be expected.” With
-his seven-foot Newtonian he used magnifications up to nearly 6,000,
-proceeding, however, “all along experimentally”--a plan far too much
-neglected in “the art of seeing.” “We are told,” he proceeded, “that
-we gain nothing by magnifying _too much_. I grant it, but shall never
-believe I magnify too much till by experience I find that I can see
-better with a lower power.” The innovation was received with a mixture
-of wonder, incredulity, and admiration.
-
-Herschel showed his customary judgment in this branch of astronomical
-practice. He established the distinctions still maintained, and
-laid down the lines still followed. It is true he went far beyond
-the point where modern observers find it advisable to stop. The
-highest power brought into use with the Lick refractor is 2,600; and
-Herschel’s instruments bore 5,800 (nominally 6,500) without injury to
-definition. But only at exceptional moments. His habitual sweeping
-power was 460; he “screwed-up” higher only for particular purposes,
-and under favourable conditions. Although his strong eye-pieces seem,
-for intelligible reasons, to have been laid aside on the adoption of
-the “front-view” form of construction, they had served him well in
-the division of close pairs, as well as for bringing faint stars into
-view--an effect correctly explained by him as due to the augmented
-darkness, under high powers, of the sky-ground. But the most important
-result of their employment was the discovery that the stars have
-no sensible dimensions. This became evident through the failure of
-attempts to magnify them; the higher the power applied, the smaller and
-more intense they appeared. Herschel accordingly pronounced stellar
-telescopic discs “spurious,” but made no attempt to explain their
-origin through diffraction.
-
-He never possessed an instrument mounted equatoreally--that is, so as
-automatically to follow the stars. In its absence, his work, had it not
-been accomplished, would have seemed to modern ideas impossible. No
-clockwork movement kept the objects he was observing in the field of
-view. His hands were continually engaged in supplying the deficiency.
-How, under these circumstances, he contrived to measure hundreds of
-double stars, and secure the places of thousands of nebulæ, would be
-incomprehensible but for the quasi-omnipotence of enthusiasm.
-
-The angle made with the meridian by the line joining two stars (their
-“position angle”) was never thought of as a quantity useful to be
-ascertained until Herschel, about 1779, invented his “revolving-wire
-micrometer.” This differed in no important respect from the modern
-“filar micrometer;” only spider-lines have been substituted for the
-original silk fibres. For measuring the distances of the wider classes
-of double stars, he devised in 1782 a “lamp-micrometer;” while those
-of the closest pairs were estimated in terms of the discs of the
-components. In compiling his second catalogue, however, he used the
-thread-micrometer for both purposes. It is true that “even in his
-matchless hands”--in Dr. Gill’s phrase--the results obtained were
-“crude;” but the fact remains that the whole system of micrometrical
-measurement came into existence through Herschel’s double-star
-determinations.
-
-Their consequences have developed enormously within the last few
-years. Mr. Burnham’s discoveries of excessively close pairs have been
-so numerous as to leave no reasonable doubt that their indefinite
-multiplication is only a question of telescopic possibility. Then
-in 1889, another power came into play; the spectroscope took up the
-work of resolving stars. Or rather, the spectroscope in alliance
-with the photographic camera; for the spectral changes indicating
-the direction and velocity of motion in the line of sight can be
-systematically studied, as a rule, only when registered on sensitive
-plates. The upshot has been to bring within the cognisance of science
-the marvellous systems known as “spectroscopic binaries.” They are of
-great variety. Some consist of a bright, others of a bright and dark,
-pair. Those that revolve in a plane nearly coinciding with our line
-of vision undergo mutual occultations. A further detachment seem to
-escape eclipse, yet vary in light for some unexplained reason, while
-they revolve. Others, like Spica Virginis, revolve without varying.
-Their orbital periods are counted by hours or days. The study of the
-disturbances of these remarkable combinations promises to open a new
-era in astronomical theory. For they are most likely all multiple.
-Irregularities indicating the presence of attractive, although obscure
-bodies, have, in several cases, been already noticed.
-
-The revolutions of spectroscopic binary stars can be studied to the
-greatest advantage when they involve light-change; and photometric
-methods have accordingly begun to play an important part in the
-sidereal department of gravitational science. And here again we meet
-with Herschel’s initiative. His method of sequences has been already
-explained; and he made the first attempt to lay down a definite scale
-of star-magnitudes. He failed, and it was hardly desirable that he
-should succeed. On his scale, the ratio of change from one grade to the
-next constantly diminished. In the modern system it remains always the
-same. A star of the second magnitude is by definition two and a-half
-(2·512) times less bright than one of the first; a star of the third
-magnitude is two and a-half times less bright than one of the second,
-the series descending without modification until beyond telescopic
-reach. This uniformity in the _proportionate_ value of a magnitude
-is indispensable for securing a practicable standard of measurement.
-Herschel, however, took the great step of introducing a principle of
-order.
-
-His estimates of stellar lustre were purely visual. And although
-various instruments, devised for the purpose, have since proved
-eminently useful, the ultimate appeal in all is to the eye. But there
-are many signs that, in the photometry of the future, not the eye but
-the camera will be consulted. Their appraisements differ markedly.
-Herschel’s incidental remark on the disturbance of light-valuation
-by colour touches a point of fundamental importance in photographic
-photometry. The chemical method gives to white stars a great advantage
-over yellow and red ones. They come out proportionately much brighter
-on the sensitive plate than they appear to the eye. And to these
-varieties of hue correspond spectral class-distinctions, the spectrum
-of an object being nothing but its colour written at full length. This
-systematic discrepancy between visual and photographic impressions of
-brightness, while introducing unwelcome complications in measures of
-magnitude, may serve to bring out important truths. The inference, for
-example, has been founded upon it that the Milky Way is composed almost
-exclusively of white, or “Sirian” stars; and there can be no question
-but that the arrangement of stars in space has some respect to their
-spectral types.
-
-Herschel’s plan of inquiry into the laws of stellar distribution by
-“photometric enumeration,” or gauging by magnitudes, was a bequest
-to posterity which has been turned to account with very little
-acknowledgment of its source. Argelander’s review of the northern
-heavens (lately completed photographically by Dr. Gill to the southern
-pole) afforded, from 1862, materials for its application on a large
-scale; but the magnitudes assigned to his 324,000 stars do not possess
-the regularity needed to make deductions based on them perfectly
-trustworthy. Otherwise the distance from the earth of the actual
-aggregations in the Milky Way could have been ascertained in a rough
-way from the numerical representation of the various photometric
-classes. As it is, the presumption is strong that the galactic clouds
-are wholly independent of stars brighter than the ninth magnitude--that
-they only begin to gather at a depth in space whence light takes _at
-least_ a thousand years to travel to our eyes. Confirmatory evidence,
-published in 1894, has been supplied by M. Easton’s research, based on
-the same principle, into the detailed relations of stars of various
-magnitudes to Milky Way structure. They are exhibited only by those of
-the ninth magnitude, or fainter; for with them sets in a significant
-crowding upon its condensed parts, attended by a scarcity over its
-comparative vacuities. Counts by magnitudes have, besides, made it
-clear that the stars, in portions of the sky removed from the Milky
-Way, thin out notably before the eleventh magnitude is reached; so
-that, outside the galactic zone, the stellar system is easily fathomed.
-
-Also on the strength of photometric enumerations, Dr. Gould, of Boston,
-came to the conclusion, in 1879, that there is an extra thronging of
-stars about our sun, which forms one of a special group consisting
-of some four or five hundred members. The publication, in 1890, of
-the “Draper Catalogue,” of 10,530 photographed stellar spectra, has
-thrown fresh light on this interesting subject. Mr. Monck, of Dublin,
-gave reasons for holding stars physically like the sun to be generally
-nearer to us than stars of the Sirian class; and Professor Kapteyn, of
-Gröningen, as the result of a singularly able investigation, concluded
-with much probability that the sun belongs to a strongly condensed
-group of mostly “solar” stars, nearly concentric with the galaxy. It
-might, in fact, be said that we live in a globular cluster, since our
-native star-collection should appear from a very great distance under
-that distinctive form.
-
-This modern quasi-discovery was anticipated by Herschel. He was
-avowedly indebted, it is true, to Michell’s “admirable idea” of the
-stars being divided into separate groups; but Michell did not trouble
-himself about the means of its possible verification, and Herschel did.
-He always looked round to see if there were not some touchstone of fact
-within reach.
-
-His discussion of the solar cluster, though brief and incidental, is
-not without present interest. He found the federative arrangement of
-the stars to be “every day more confirmed by observation.” The “flying
-synods of worlds” formed by them must gravitate one towards another as
-if concentrated at their several centres of gravity. Accordingly, “a
-star, or sun, such as ours, may have a proper motion within its own
-system of stars, while the whole may have another proper motion totally
-different in quantity and direction.” We may thus, he continued,
-“arrive in process of time, at a knowledge of all the real, complicated
-motions of the planet we inhabit; of the solar system to which it
-belongs; and even of the sidereal system of which the sun may possibly
-be a member.” He proceeded to explain how stars, making part of the
-solar cluster, might be discriminated from those exterior to it; the
-former showing the perspective influence only of the sun’s translation
-among themselves, while the latter would be affected besides by a
-“still remoter parallax”--a secular drift, compounded of the proper
-motion of the sun within its cluster, and of its cluster relatively to
-other clusters.
-
-The possibility of applying Herschel’s test is now fully recognised.
-Each fresh determination of the solar apex is scrutinised for symptoms
-of the higher “systematical parallax;” although as yet with dubious
-or negative results. Associated stellar groups are, nevertheless, met
-with in various parts of the sky. Herschel not only anticipated their
-existence, but suggested “a concurrence of proper motions” as the
-fittest means for identifying them.
-
-His anticipation has been realised by Mr. Proctor’s detection of
-“star-drift.” Several stars in the Plough thus form a squadron sailing
-the same course; and similar combinations, on an apparently smaller
-scale, have been pieced together in various constellations. But the
-principle of their connection has yet to be discovered. They are
-evidently not self-centred systems; hence their companionship, however
-prolonged, must finally terminate. The only pronounced cluster with a
-common proper motion is the Pleiades; and its drift seems to be merely
-of a perspective nature--a reflection of the sun’s advance.
-
-Bessel said of Herschel that “he aimed at acquiring knowledge, not of
-the motions, but of the constitution of the heavenly bodies, and of
-the structure of the sidereal edifice.” This, however, is a defective
-appreciation. He made, indeed, no meridian observations, and computed
-no planetary or cometary perturbations; yet if there ever was an
-astronomer who instinctively “looked before and after,” it was he.
-Could he have attained to a complete knowledge of the architecture
-of the heavens, as they stood at a given moment, it would not have
-satisfied him. To interpret the past and future by the present was his
-constant aim; from his “retired situation” on the earth, he watched
-with awe the grand procession of the sum of things defile through
-endless ages. He could not observe what was without at the same time
-seeking to divine what had been, and to forecast what was to come.
-
-His nebular theory is now accepted almost as a matter of course. The
-spectroscope has lent it powerful support by proving the _de facto_
-existence of the “lucid medium,” postulated by him as a logical
-necessity. This was done August 1st, 1864, when Dr. Huggins derived
-from a planetary nebula in Draco a spectrum characteristic of a gaseous
-body, because consisting of bright lines. Their wave-lengths, which
-turned out to be identical for all objects of the kind, with one or
-two possible exceptions, indicated a composition out of hydrogen
-mixed with certain unfamiliar aeriform substances. Herschel’s visual
-discrimination of gaseous nebulæ was highly felicitous. Modern science
-agrees with him in pronouncing the Orion nebula, as well as others
-of the irregular class, planetaries, diffused nebulosities, and the
-“atmospheres” of “cloudy stars,” to be masses of “shining fluid.” As
-for his “ambiguous objects,” they remain ambiguous still. “Clusters
-in disguise” through enormous distance, give apparently the same
-quality of light with irresolvable nebulæ. His inference that stars
-and nebulæ form mixed systems has, moreover, been amply confirmed. No
-one now denies their significant affinity, and very few their genetic
-relationship.
-
-Herschel gave a list in 1811 of fifty-two dim, indefinite nebulosities,
-covering in the aggregate 152 square degrees. “But this,” he added,
-“gives us by no means the real limits” of the luminous appearance;
-“while the depth corresponding to its superficial extent may be far
-beyond the reach of our telescopes;” so “that the abundance of nebulous
-matter diffused through such an expansion of the heavens must exceed
-all imagination.”
-
-“The prophetic spirit of these remarks,” Professor Barnard comments,
-“is being every day made more evident through the revelations of
-photography.” He is himself one of the very few who have telescopically
-verified any part of these suggestive observations.
-
-“I am familiar,” he wrote in _Knowledge_, January, 1892, “with a number
-of regions in the heavens where vast diffusions of nebulous matter are
-situated. One of these, in a singularly blank region, lies some five
-or six degrees north-west of Antares, and covers many square degrees.
-Another lies north of the Pleiades, between the cluster and the Milky
-Way; a portion of this has recently been successfully photographed
-by Dr. Archenhold. There is a large nebulous spot in that region,
-easily visible to the naked eye, which I have seen for many years. When
-sweeping there with a low power, the whole region between the Pleiades
-and the Milky Way is perceived to be nebulous. These great areas of
-nebulosity make their presence known by a singular dulling of the
-ordinarily black sky, as if a thin veil of dust intervened.” They “are
-specially suitable for the photographic plate, and it is only by such
-means that they can be at all satisfactorily located.”
-
-Some of Herschel’s milky tracts have been thus pictured; notably one
-in the Swan, shown on Dr. Max Wolf’s plates to involve the bright star
-Gamma Cygni; and another immense formation extending over sixty square
-degrees about the belt and sword of Orion, and joining on, Herschel was
-“pretty sure,” to the great nebula. This, never unmistakably _seen_
-except by him, portrayed itself emphatically in 1886 in Professor E.
-C. Pickering’s photographs. Herschel’s persuasion of the subordinate
-character of the original “Fish-mouth nebula” was well-grounded.
-On plates exposed by Professors W. H. Pickering and Barnard, it is
-disclosed as the mere nucleus of a tremendous spiral, sweeping round
-from Bellatrix to Rigel.
-
-Diffused nebulosities appear in photographs as far from homogeneous.
-They are not simple volumes of gas indefinitely expanding in all
-directions, after the manner of simple aeriform fluids. They possess,
-on the contrary, characteristic shapes. Structureless nebulæ, like
-structureless protoplasm, seem to be non-existent. In all, an
-organising principle is at work.
-
-Minute telescopic stars showed to Herschel as prevalently red, owing,
-he conjectured, to the enfeeblement of their blue rays during an
-uncommonly long journey through space “not quite destitute of some very
-subtle medium.” The argument is a remarkable one. It would be valid if
-the ethereal vehicle of light exercised absorption after the manner of
-ordinary attenuated substances. There is, however, reason to suppose
-that the symptomatic redness was only a subjective impression, not an
-objective fact. His colour-sense was not quite normal. The lower, to
-his perception, somewhat overbalanced the higher end of the spectrum,
-and his mirrors added to the inequality by reflecting a diminished
-proportion of blue light. Thus he recorded many stars as tinged with
-red which are now colourless, yet lie under no suspicion of change.
-
-Herschel was, in the highest and widest sense, the founder of sidereal
-astronomy. He organised the science and set it going; he laid down
-the principles of its future action; he accumulated materials for its
-generalisations, and gave examples of how best to employ them. His work
-was at once so stimulating and so practical that its abandonment might
-be called impossible. Others were sure to resume where he had left
-off. His son was his first and fittest successor; he was the only one
-who undertook in its entirety the inherited task. Yet there are to be
-found in every quarter of the world men imbued with William Herschel’s
-sublime ambitions. Success swells the ranks of an invading army; and
-the march of astronomy has, within the last decade, assumed a triumphal
-character. The victory can never be completely won; the march can never
-reach its final goal; but spoils are meanwhile gathered up by the
-wayside which eager recruits are crowding in to share. The heavens
-are, year by year, giving up secrets long and patiently watched for,
-while holding in reserve many others still more mysterious. There is no
-fear of interest being exhausted by disclosure.
-
-Herschel’s dim intuition that something might be learned about the
-physical nature of the stars from the diverse quality of their light,
-was verified after sixty-five years, by the early researches of
-Secchi, Huggins, and Miller; but he could not suspect that, through
-the chemical properties, which he guessed to belong in varying degrees
-to the different sections of their spectra, pictures of the heavenly
-bodies would be obtained more perfect than the telescopic views he
-rapturously gazed at. Still less could he have imagined that, owing
-to its faculty of accumulating impressions too weak to affect the
-eye separately, the chemical would, in great measure, supersede the
-telescopic method in carrying out the designs he had most at heart.
-
-Those designs have now grown to be of international importance. At
-eighteen northern and southern observatories a photographic review
-of the heavens is in progress. The combined results will be the
-registration, in place and magnitude, of fifteen to twenty millions
-of stars. The gauging of the skies will then be complete down to the
-fourteenth magnitude; and the “construction of the heavens” can be
-studied with materials of the best quality, and almost indefinite
-in quantity. By simply “counting the gauges” on Herschel’s early
-plan, much may be learnt; the amount of stellar condensation
-towards the plane of the Milky Way, for instance, and the extent
-of stellar denudation near its poles. A marked contrast between
-the measures of distribution in these opposite directions will most
-likely be brought into view. The application of his later method of
-enumeration by magnitudes ought to prove even more instructive, but
-may be very difficult. The obstacles, it is to be hoped, will not be
-insurmountable; yet they look just now formidable enough.
-
-The grand problem with which Herschel grappled all his life involves
-more complicated relations than he was aware of. It might be compared
-to a fortress, the citadel of which can only be approached after
-innumerable outworks have been stormed. That one man, urged on by
-the exalted curiosity inspired by the contemplation of the heavens,
-attempted to carry it by a _coup de main_, and, having made no
-inconsiderable breach in its fortifications, withdrew from the
-assault, his “banner torn, but flying,” must always be remembered with
-amazement.
-
-[Illustration: CAROLINE LUCRETIA HERSCHEL.
-
-(_From a portrait taken by Tielemann in 1829._)]
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI.
-
-CAROLINE HERSCHEL.
-
-
-Caroline Lucretia Herschel was born at Hanover, March 16th, 1750, and
-was thus more than eleven years younger than the brother with whose
-name hers is inseparably associated. She remembered the panic caused
-by the earthquake of 1755, and her experience barely fell short of the
-political earthquake of 1848; but the fundamental impressions of her
-long life were connected with “minding the heavens.”
-
-She was of little account in her family, except as a menial. Her
-father, indeed, a man of high character and cultivated mind, thought
-much of her future, and wished to improve her prospects by giving her
-some accomplishments. So he taught her to play the violin well enough
-to take part in concerted music. But her instruction was practicable
-only when her mother was out of the way, or in a particularly good
-humour. Essentially a “Hausfrau,” Anna Ilse had no sympathy with
-aspirations. She was hard-working and well-meaning, but narrow and
-inflexible, and she kept her second daughter strictly to household
-drudgery. Her literary education, accordingly, got no farther than
-reading and writing; even the third “R” was denied to her. But she was
-carefully trained in plain sewing and knitting, and supplied her four
-brothers with stockings from so early an age that the first specimen of
-her workmanship touched the ground while she stood upright finishing
-the toe! Few signs of tenderness were accorded to her. Her eldest
-brother, Jacob, a brilliant musician, and somewhat high-and-mighty
-in his ways, did not spare cuffs when she waited awkwardly at table;
-and her sister, Mrs. Griesbach, evidently took slight notice of her.
-William, however, showed her invariable affection; and him and her
-father she silently adored. In 1756, when they both returned from
-England with the Hanoverian Guard, she recalled how, on the day of
-their arrival,
-
-“My mother being very busy preparing dinner, had suffered me to go
-all alone to the parade to meet my father, but I could not find him
-anywhere, nor anybody whom I knew; so at last, when nearly frozen to
-death, I came home and found them all at table. My dear brother William
-threw down his knife and fork, and ran to welcome, and crouched down to
-me, which made me forget all my grievances. The rest were so happy at
-seeing one another again that my absence had never been perceived.”
-
-How well one can realise the disconsolate little expedition, the
-woe-begone entry of the six-year-old maiden, her heart-chill on finding
-herself forgotten, and the revulsion of joy at her soldier-brother’s
-cordial greeting!
-
-Isaac Herschel died March 22nd, 1767. He had never recovered the
-campaign of Dettingen, yet struggled, in spite of growing infirmities,
-to earn a livelihood by giving lessons and copying music. His daughter
-was thrown by his loss into a “state of stupefaction,” from which she
-roused herself, after some weeks, to consider the gloomy outlook of
-her destiny. She was seventeen, and was qualified, as she reflected
-with anguish, only to be a housemaid. She was plain in face and
-small in stature, and her father had often warned her that if she
-ever married it would be comparatively late in life, when her fine
-character had unfolded its attractions. Still, she did not lose hope
-of making her way single-handed. Although over-burthened with servile
-labours, she contrived, unknown to her mother, to get some teaching in
-fancy-work from a consumptive girl whose cough from across the street
-gave the signal for a daybreak rendezvous; trusting that, with this
-acquirement, and “a little notion of music, she might obtain a place
-as governess in some family where the want of a knowledge of French
-would be no objection.” There was “no kind of ornamental needlework,
-knotting, plaiting hair, stringing beads and bugles, of which she did
-not make samples by way of mastering the art.” She was then permitted
-to take some lessons in dressmaking and millinery. But the current of
-her thoughts was completely changed by an invitation from her brother
-William to join him at Bath. She was, if possible, to be made into
-a concert-singer. Yet her voice had never been tried, and its very
-existence was problematical. It may, then, be suspected that William’s
-primary motive was to come to the rescue of his poor little Cinderella
-sister.
-
-Months passed in “harassing uncertainty” as to whether she was to go or
-stay; months, too, during which her own mind was divided between the
-longing to follow her rising star, and a certain compunctious clinging
-to her duties at home. Time, however, did not pass in idleness.
-Taking no notice of the superior Jacob’s ridicule of her visionary
-transformation into an artist, she quietly set about practising, with a
-gag between her teeth, the solo parts of violin concertos, “shake and
-all,” so that, as she says, “I had gained a tolerable execution before
-I knew how to sing.” She occupied herself besides in making a store of
-prospective clothing for relatives, who, she could not but fear, would
-miss her services. For her withdrawal her mother, however, received
-from William money-compensation, which enabled her to keep a servant
-in lieu of her daughter. The parting, when he came to fetch her, in
-August, 1772, was none the less a sorrowful one; but Caroline had much
-to distract her mind from dwelling on those she had left behind. She
-had, besides, much discomfort to endure. Six days and nights in an
-open stage-carriage were followed by a tempestuous passage; the packet
-in which they embarked at Helvoetsluys reached Yarmouth dismasted and
-half-wrecked; and they were finally, not duly landed, but “thrown like
-balls by two sailors,” on the English coast. After a brief glimpse of
-London, they started, August 28th, in the night coach for Bath, where
-Caroline arrived “almost annihilated” by fatigue and want of sleep.
-
-Her training for an unfamiliar life began without delay. She had to
-learn English, arithmetic, and enough of account-keeping to qualify
-her for conducting the household affairs; a routine of singing-lessons
-and practising was entered upon; and she was sent out alone to market,
-Alexander Herschel lurking behind to see that she came safely out of
-the _mêlée_ of buyers and sellers, whence she brought home “whatever
-in her fright she could pick up.” She suffered many things, too, from
-her brother’s servant, “a hot-headed old Welshwoman,” whose _régime_
-was one of rack and ruin to domestic utensils; while _heimweh_ made
-formidable onslaughts on her naturally serene spirits.
-
-A visit to London, as the guest of Mrs. Colebrook, one of her
-brother’s pupils, gave her some experience of town gaieties. But the
-expenses of dress and chairmen shocked her frugal ideas; and she
-thought the young ladies, whose companionship was offered to her, “very
-little better than idiots.” As a vocalist, Miss Herschel came easily
-to the front. After a few months of study, her voice was in demand at
-evening parties; when her foreign accentuation had been corrected,
-she took the first soprano parts in “The Messiah,” “Samson,” “Judas
-Maccabæus,” and other oratorios; and sang as prima donna at the winter
-concerts both at Bath and Bristol. In accordance with her resolution
-to appear only where her brother conducted, she declined an engagement
-for a musical festival at Birmingham. A year’s training in deportment
-was a preliminary to her _début_; a celebrated dancing mistress
-being engaged--to use Caroline’s own phrase--“in drilling me for a
-gentlewoman. Heaven knows how she succeeded!” A gift of ten guineas
-from William provided her with a dress which made her, she was told,
-“an ornament to the stage;” and she was complimented by the Marchioness
-of Lothian on “pronouncing her words like an Englishwoman.” Her success
-was decided, and promised to be enduring enough to satisfy her modest
-ambition of supporting herself independently.
-
-It was, however, balked by an extraordinary turn of affairs; a turn
-at first not at all to her liking. After the lapse of half-a-century
-she still set it down as the grievance of her life that “I have been
-throughout annoyed and hindered in my endeavours at perfecting myself
-in any branch of knowledge by which I could hope to gain a creditable
-livelihood.”
-
-William Herschel, when Caroline joined him at Bath, was just feeling
-his way towards telescope-making. The fancy did not please her. The
-beginnings of great things are usually a disturbance and an anxiety.
-They imply a draft upon the future which may never be honoured, and
-they often play sad havoc with the present. And Miss Herschel was
-business-like and matter-of-fact. But her devotion triumphed over her
-common-sense. Keeping her misgivings to herself, she met unlooked-for
-demands with the utmost zeal, intelligence, and discretion. She was
-always at hand when wanted, yet never in the way. Through her care,
-some degree of domestic comfort was maintained amid the unwonted
-confusion of optical manufacture. During the tedious process of
-mirror-polishing, she sustained her brother physically and mentally,
-putting food into his mouth, and reading aloud “Don Quixote,” and the
-“Arabian Nights.” She was ready with direct aid, too, and “became in
-time as useful a member of the workshop as a boy might be to his master
-in the first year of his apprenticeship.” “Alex,” she continued, “was
-always very alert, assisting when anything new was going forward;
-but he wanted perseverance, and never liked to confine himself at
-home for many hours together. And so it happened that my brother
-William was obliged to make trial of my abilities in copying for him
-catalogues, tables, and sometimes whole papers which were lent him
-for his perusal.” Musical business, meantime, received due attention.
-Steady preparation was made for concerts and oratorios; choruses were
-instructed, rehearsals attended, parts diligently written out from
-scores. But the discovery of Uranus swept away the necessity for these
-occupations; and with a final performance in St. Margaret’s Chapel, on
-Whit-Sunday, 1782, the musical career of William and Caroline Herschel
-came to a close.
-
-Miss Herschel’s “thoughts were anything but cheerful” on the occasion.
-She saw the terrestrial ground cut from under her feet, and did not
-yet appreciate the celestial situation held in reserve for her. Music,
-in her opinion, was her true and only vocation; the contemplation
-of herself in the guise of an assistant-astronomer moved her to
-cynical self-scorn. As usual, however, her personal wishes were
-suppressed. Housewifely cares, too, weighed upon her. The dilapidated
-gazebo at Datchet provided no suitable shelter for a well-regulated
-establishment. It was roofed more in appearance than in reality; the
-plaster fell from the ceilings; the walls dripped with damp; rheumatism
-and ague were its rightful inmates. Then the prices of provisions
-appalled her, especially in view of the scarcity of five-pound notes
-since the opulence of Bath had been exchanged for the penury of a court
-precinct.
-
-Yet she set to work with a will to learn all that was needful for her
-untried office. Not out of books. “My dear brother William,” she wrote
-in 1831, “was my only teacher, and we began generally where we should
-have ended; he supposing I knew all that went before.” The lessons were
-of the most desultory kind. They consisted of answers to questions put
-by her as occasions arose, during breakfast, or at odd moments. The
-scraps of information thus snatched were carefully recorded in her
-commonplace book, where they constituted a miscellaneous jumble of
-elementary formulæ, solutions of problems in trigonometry, rules for
-the use of tables of logarithms, for converting sidereal into solar
-time, and the like. Nothing was entrusted to a memory compared by
-her instructor to “sand, in which everything could be inscribed with
-ease, but as easily effaced.” So that even the multiplication table was
-carried about in her pocket. She appears never to have spent a single
-hour in the systematic study of astronomy. Her method was that in vogue
-at Dotheboys Hall, to “go and know it,” by practising, as it were,
-blindfold, what she had been taught. Yet a computational error has
-never, we believe, been imputed to her; and the volume of her work was
-very great.
-
-Its progress was diversified by more exciting pursuits. She began, in
-1782, to “sweep for comets,” and discovered with a 27-inch reflector,
-in the autumn of 1783, two nebulæ of first-rate importance--one
-a companion to the grand object in Andromeda, the other a superb
-elliptical formation in Cetus. She was by this time more than
-reconciled to her astronomical lot; Von Magellan, indeed, reported in
-1785, that brother and sister were equally captivated with the stars.
-
-The original explorations, in which she was beginning to delight, were
-interrupted by the commencement of his with the “large twenty-foot.”
-Her aid was indispensable, and from December, 1783, she “became
-entirely attached to the writing-desk.” She was no mere mechanical
-assistant. A wound-up automaton would have ill served William
-Herschel’s turn. He wanted “a being to execute his commands with the
-quickness of lightning”; and his commands were various. For he was
-making, not following precedents, and fresh exigencies continually
-arose. Under these novel circumstances, his sister displayed incredible
-zeal, promptitude, and versatility. She would throw down her pen to
-run to the clock, to fetch and carry instruments, to measure the ground
-between the lamp-micrometer and the observer’s eye; discharging these,
-and many other successive tasks with a rapidity that kept pace with
-his swift proceedings. Fatigue, want of sleep, cold, were disregarded;
-and although nature often exacted next day penalties of weariness
-and depression for those nights of intense activity, the faithful
-amanuensis never complained. “I had the comfort,” she remarked simply,
-“to see that my brother was satisfied with my endeavours to assist
-him.” The service was not unaccompanied by danger. One night poor
-Caroline, running in the dark over ground a foot deep in melting snow,
-in order to make some alteration in the movement of the telescope,
-fell over a great hook, which entered her leg so deeply that a couple
-of ounces of her flesh remained behind when she was lifted off it.
-The wound was formidable enough, in Dr. Lind’s opinion, to entitle a
-soldier to six weeks’ hospital-nursing, but it was treated cursorily at
-Datchet; the patient consoling herself for a few nights’ disablement
-with the reflection that her brother, owing to cloudy weather, “was no
-loser through the accident.”
-
-Busy days succeeded watchful nights. From the materials collected at
-the telescope, she formed properly arranged catalogues, calculating, in
-all, the places of 2,500 nebulæ. She brought the whole of Flamsteed’s
-_British Catalogue_--then the _vade mecum_ of astronomers--into
-zones of one degree wide, for the purpose of William’s methodical
-examination; copied out his papers for the Royal Society; kept the
-observing-books straight, and documents in order. Then, in the long
-summer months, when “there was nothing but grinding and polishing to
-be seen,” she took her share of that too, and “was indulged with the
-last finishing of a very beautiful mirror for Sir William Watson.”
-
-On August 1st, 1786, her brother’s absence leaving her free to observe
-on her own account, she discerned a round, hazy object, suspiciously
-resembling a comet. Its motion within the next twenty-four hours
-certified it as such, and she immediately announced the apparition to
-her learned friends, Dr. Blagden and Mr. Aubert. The latter declared in
-reply, “You have immortalised your name,” and saw in imagination “your
-wonderfully clever and wonderfully amiable brother shedding,” upon
-receipt of the intelligence, “a tear of joy.” This was the first of a
-series of eight similar discoveries, in five of which her priority was
-unquestioned. They were comprised within eleven years, and were made,
-after 1790, with an excellent five-foot reflector mounted on the roof
-of the house at Slough. Considering that she swept the heavens only as
-an interlude to her regular duties, never for an hour forsaking her
-place beside the great telescopes in the garden, her aptitude for that
-fascinating pursuit must be rated very high. It was not until 1819 that
-Encke identified her seventh comet--detected November 7th, 1795--with
-one previously seen by Méchain in January, 1786. None other revolves
-so quickly, its returns to perihelion occurring at intervals of three
-and a quarter years. It has earned notoriety, besides, by a still
-unexplained acceleration of movement.
-
-Caroline Herschel was the first woman to discover a comet; and her
-remarkable success in what Miss Burney called “her eccentric vocation,”
-procured for her an European reputation. But the homage which she
-received did not disturb her sense of subordination. “Giving the sum of
-more to that which hath too much,” she instinctively transferred her
-meed of praise to her brother. She held her comets, notwithstanding,
-very dear. All the documents relating to them were found after her
-death neatly assorted in a packet labelled “Bills and Receipts of my
-Comets”; and the telescopes with which they had been observed ranked
-among the chief treasures of her old age. She presented the smaller one
-before her death to her friend Mr. Hausmann; the five-foot to the Royal
-Astronomical Society, where it is religiously preserved.
-
-The “celebrated comet-searcher” was described by Miss Burney in 1787
-as “very little, very gentle, very modest, and very ingenuous; and her
-manners are those of a person unhackneyed and unawed by the world,
-yet desirous to meet and return its smiles.” To Dr. Burney, ten years
-later, she appeared “all shyness and virgin modesty”; while Mrs.
-Papendick mentions her as “by no means prepossessing, but an excellent,
-kind-hearted creature.” She was, in 1787, officially appointed her
-brother’s assistant, with a salary of fifty pounds a year; “and in
-October,” she relates, “I received twelve pounds ten, being the first
-quarterly payment of my salary, and the first money I ever in all my
-lifetime thought myself to be at liberty to spend to my own liking.”
-The arrangement was made in anticipation of her brother’s marriage,
-when--to quote her one bitter phrase on the subject--“she had to give
-up the place of his housekeeper.” She did not readily accommodate
-herself to the change; and a significant gap of ten years in her
-journal suggests that she wrote much during that time of struggle
-which her calmer judgment counselled her to destroy. Her strong sense
-of right and habitual abnegation, however, came to her aid; the family
-relations remained harmonious; and she eventually became deeply
-attached to her gentle sister-in-law. But from 1788 onwards, she lived
-in lodgings, either at Slough or Upton, whence she came regularly to
-the observatory to do her daily or nightly work.
-
-Miss Herschel began in 1796, and finished in about twenty months,
-an Index to Flamsteed’s observations of the stars in the “British
-Catalogue.” A list of “errata” was added, together with a catalogue of
-561 omitted stars. The work, one of eminent utility, was published in
-1798, at the expense of the Royal Society. In August, 1799, she paid
-a visit to the Astronomer Royal, with the object of transcribing into
-his copy of Flamsteed’s Observations some memoranda upon them made by
-her brother. “But the succession of amusements,” we hear, “left me no
-alternative between contenting myself with one or two hours’ sleep per
-night during the six days I was at Greenwich, and going home without
-having fulfilled my purpose.” Needless to say that she chose the former.
-
-The Royal family paid her many attentions, partly, no doubt, because
-of her intimacy with one of the ladies-in-waiting to the Queen.
-This was Madame Beckedorff, who although of “gentle” condition, had
-attended the same dressmaking class with the bandmaster’s daughter at
-Hanover, in 1768. The distant acquaintanceship thus formed developed,
-at Windsor, into a firm friendship, transmitted in its full cordiality
-to a second generation. An entry in Caroline’s Diary tells of a dinner
-at Madame Beckedorff’s, February 23, 1801, when the “whole party
-left the dining-room on the Princesses Augusta and Amelia, and the
-Duke of Cambridge coming in to see me.” In May, 1813, during a visit
-to London, she passed several evenings at Buckingham House, “where I
-just arrived,” she says, on May 12, “as the Queen and the Princesses
-Elizabeth and Mary, and the Princess Sophia Matilda of Gloucester,
-were ready to step into their chairs, going to Carlton House, full
-dressed for a fête, and meeting me in the hall, they stopped for near
-ten minutes, making each in their turn the kindest inquiries how I
-liked London, etc. On entering Mrs. Beckedorff’s room, I found Madame
-D’Arblay (Miss Burney), and we spent a very pleasant evening.”
-
-Such Royal condescensions were frequent, and on occasions inconvenient.
-The Princesses Sophia and Amelia, in especial, took a strong liking
-for Miss Herschel’s conversation, and often required her attendance
-for many hours together. She was graciously singled out for notice at
-the Frogmore assemblages, and became quite inured to the reception
-at Slough of dignitaries and _savants_. Nothing deranged the simple
-composure of her deportment. One would give much to know what were her
-private impressions about the notabilities who crossed her path; but
-her memoranda are, in this respect, perfectly colourless. Names and
-dates are jotted down with the same brevity as her entries of “work
-done.” Even the personal troubles of years are curtly disposed of. Her
-brother Dietrich’s stay in England from 1809 to 1813, left her not a
-day’s respite from accumulated trouble and anxiety. Yet it occasioned
-only one little outburst, penned long afterwards.
-
-“He came,” she wrote, “ruined in health, spirit, and fortune, and,
-according to the old Hanoverian custom, I was the only one from whom
-all domestic comforts were expected. I hope I acquitted myself to
-everybody’s satisfaction, for I never neglected my eldest brother’s
-business” (Jacob Herschel died in 1792), “and the time I bestowed on
-Dietrich was taken entirely from my sleep, or what is generally allowed
-for meals, which were mostly taken running, or sometimes forgotten
-entirely. But why think of it now?”
-
-Her later journal is overshadowed with the fear of coming bereavement.
-Recurrences to the state of William’s health become ominously frequent.
-“He is not only unwell, but low in spirits,” she notes in February,
-1817; and the following account of his departure for Bath, April 2,
-1818, betrays her deep trouble:--
-
-“The last moments before he stepped into the carriage were spent in
-walking through his library and workrooms, pointing with anxious looks
-to every shelf and drawer, desiring me to examine all, and to make
-memorandums of them as well as I could. He was hardly able to support
-himself, and his spirits were so low, that I found difficulty in
-commanding my voice so far as to give him the assurance he should find
-on his return that my time had not been misspent.”
-
-“May 1st.--But he returned home much worse than he went, and for
-several days hardly noticed my handiworks.”
-
-His last note to her, indited with an uncertain hand on a discoloured
-slip of paper, July 4, 1819, she put by with the inscription: “I keep
-this as a relic. Every line _now_ traced by the hand of my dear brother
-becomes a treasure to me.”
-
-“Lina,” it ran, “there is a great comet. I want you to assist me. Come
-to dine and spend the day here. If you can come soon after one o’clock
-we shall have time to prepare maps and telescopes. I saw its situation
-last night--it has a long tail.”
-
-Through that long tail the earth had, eight days previously--according
-to Olbers’s calculations--cut its way; but the proposed observations at
-Slough, if made, were never published.
-
-In October, 1821, Caroline Herschel wrote this melancholy “Finis” to
-what seemed to herself the only part of her life worth living. “Here
-closed my day-book; for one day passed like another, except that I,
-from my daily calls, returned to my solitary and cheerless home with
-increased anxiety for each following day.”
-
-Eighteen months after her loss of “the dearest and best of brothers,”
-she at last gathered fortitude to put on paper her recollections of the
-“heartrending occurrences” witnessed by her during the closing months
-of her fifty years’ sojourn in England. In every line of what she then
-wrote, her absorbed fidelity to him, growing more and more tenacious
-as the end drew visibly nigher, comes out with unconscious pathos. The
-anguish with which she watched each symptom of decay seared her heart,
-but was refused any outward expression. She played out her rôle of
-self-suppression until the curtain fell. A last gleam of hope visited
-her July 8th, 1822, when she marked down in an almanac the cheering
-circumstance that her invalid had “walked with a firmer step than usual
-above three or four times the distance from the dwelling-house to the
-library, in order to gather and eat raspberries in his garden with me.
-But,” she added sadly, “I never saw the like again.”
-
-In the impetuosity of her grief, she made an irreparable mistake. Only
-a month earlier she had surrendered to her impecunious brother Dietrich
-her little funded property of £500; now, without reflecting on the
-consequences, she “gave herself, with all she was worth, to him and his
-family.” She was in her seventy-third year; her only remaining business
-in life, it seemed to her, was to quit it; the virtual close of her
-career had come; the actual close could not long be delayed. So she
-retired to her native place to die promptly, if that might be, but, at
-any rate, to mark the chasm that separated her from the past. She soon
-recognised, however, that she had taken a false step. “Why did I leave
-happy England?” was the cry sometimes on her lips, always in her heart,
-for a quarter of a century. She was taken aback by her own vitality.
-She found out too late that her powers of work, far from being
-exhausted, might have been turned to account for her nephew as they had
-been for her brother. And it was to him and his mother, after all, that
-her strong affections clung. Her relatives in Hanover, although they
-treated her with consideration, were hopelessly uncongenial. “From the
-moment I set foot on German ground,” she said, “I found I was alone.”
-Fifty years is a huge gap in a human life. Miss Herschel had been all
-that time progressing from the starting point where they had remained
-stationary. Their tastes were then necessarily incongruous with hers;
-nor could her interests be transplanted at will from the soil in which
-they were rooted. She was unable to perceive that the change was in
-herself. The “solitary and useless life” she led resulted, she was
-convinced, from her “not finding Hanover, or anyone in it, like what I
-left when the best of brothers took me with him to England in August,
-1772!”
-
-An exile in her old home, she felt pledged to remain there. She would
-not “take back her promise.” For a person of her frugal habits, she was
-well off. Her pension of fifty pounds would have supplied her small
-wants, and she was reluctantly compelled to accept the annuity of £100,
-left to her by her brother. And since she was most generous in the
-bestowal of her spare cash, her presence was of some material advantage
-to a poor household. It gave them credit, too; and notwithstanding that
-they “never could agree” in opinions, she faithfully nursed Dietrich
-Herschel until his death in January, 1827.
-
-“I am still unsettled,” she wrote to her nephew, December 26th, 1822,
-“and cannot get my books and papers in any order, for it is always noon
-before I am well enough to do anything, and then visitors run away with
-the rest of the day till the dinner-hour, which is two o’clock. Two or
-three evenings in each week are spoiled by company. And at the heavens
-there is no getting, for the high roofs of the opposite houses. But
-within my room I am determined nothing shall be wanting that can please
-my eye. Exactly facing me is a bookcase placed on a bureau, to which I
-will have some glass doors made, so that I can see my books. Opposite
-this, on a sofa, I am seated, with a sofa-table and my new writing-desk
-before me; but what good I shall do there the future must tell.”
-
-Seated at that “new desk,” she completed her most important work. This
-was the reduction into a catalogue, and the arrangement into zones, of
-all Sir William Herschel’s nebulæ and clusters. Despatched to Sir John
-Herschel in April, 1825, it made his review of those objects feasible.
-From it, he drew up his “working-list” for each night’s observations;
-and from it, in constructing his “General Catalogue” of 1864, he
-took the places of such nebulæ as he had not been able to examine
-personally. In the course of the needful comparisons, “I learned,” he
-said, “fully to appreciate the skill, diligence, and accuracy which
-that indefatigable lady brought to bear on a task which only the most
-boundless devotion could have induced her to undertake, and enabled
-her to accomplish.” For its execution, the Gold Medal of the Royal
-Astronomical Society was awarded to her in 1828--an honour by which
-she was “more shocked than gratified.” Her “Zone-Catalogue” was styled
-by Sir David Brewster “an extraordinary monument of the unextinguished
-ardour of a lady of seventy-five in the cause of abstract science.”
-
-In 1835, she was created an honorary member of the Royal Astronomical
-Society, Mrs. Somerville being associated with her in a distinction
-never before or since conferred upon a woman. Three years later, she
-was surprised by the news that the Royal Irish Academy had similarly
-enrolled her. “I cannot help,” she wrote, “crying out aloud to myself,
-every now and then, What is that for?” The arrival, on another
-occasion, of presentation-copies of Mrs. Somerville’s “Connexion of the
-Physical Sciences,” and of Baily’s “Account of Flamsteed,” agitated her
-painfully. “Coming to _me_ with such things,” she exclaimed, “an old,
-poor, sick creature in her dotage.” “I think it is almost mocking me,”
-she added in 1840, “to look upon me as a Member of an Academy; I that
-have lived these eighteen years without finding as much as a single
-comet.”
-
-Her local celebrity, nevertheless, diverted her. It struck her as a
-capital joke that she was “stared at for a learned lady.” Down to 1840
-she regularly attended plays and concerts, and rarely left the theatre
-without a “_Wie geht’s?_” from His Majesty. And to find herself--“a
-_little_ old woman”--conspicuous in the crowd, produced a sense of
-exhilaration. Her presence or absence was a matter of public concern,
-and she very seldom appeared otherwise than alert and cheerful. When
-close upon eighty her “nimbleness in walking,” she remarked, “has
-hitherto gained me the admiration of all who know me; but the good
-folks are not aware of the arts I make use of, which consist in never
-leaving my room in the daytime except I am able to trip it along as
-if nothing were the matter.” Music gave her unfailing pleasure. She
-heard Catalani in 1828; shared in the Paganini _furore_ of 1831, and
-conversed with him through an interpreter. With Ole Bull she was
-“somewhat disappointed,” finding his performance “more like conjuration
-than playing on a violin.”
-
-But her “painful solitude” was most of all cheered by the visits and
-communications of eminent men. No one of distinction in science came
-to Hanover without calling upon her. Humboldt, Gauss, Mädler, Encke,
-Schumacher, paid her their respects, personally or by letter, if not in
-both ways. “Next to listening to the conversation of learned men,” she
-told the younger Lady Herschel, “I like to hear about them; but I find
-myself, unfortunately, among beings who like nothing but smoking, big
-talk on politics, wars, and such-like things.” Her situation remained,
-to the end, displeasing to her. She made the best of it; but the best
-was, to her thinking, bad. Having wilfully flung herself out of the
-current of life, she was nevertheless surprised at being stranded.
-She recurred, with inextinguishable pain, to the crippling effects of
-circumstances and old age.
-
-“I lead a very idle life,” she wrote in 1826. “My sole employment
-consists in keeping myself in good humour, and not being disagreeable
-to others.” And in 1839: “I get up as usual, every day, change my
-clothing, eat, drink, and go to sleep again on the sofa, except I am
-roused by visitors; then I talk till I can talk no more--nineteen to
-the dozen!” While at nights “the few, few stars I can get at out of my
-window only cause me vexation, for to look for the small ones on the
-globe my eyes will not serve me any longer.”
-
-She followed, however, with intense delight the progress of her
-nephew’s career, in which she beheld the continuation of his father’s.
-The intelligence of his having opened a nebular campaign in 1825, was
-like the sound of the trumpet to a disabled war-horse. Nothing but
-the decline of her powers, she assured him, would have prevented her
-“coming by the first steamboat to offer you the same assistance as, by
-your father’s instructions, I was enabled to afford him.” And again,
-in 1831: “You have made me completely happy with the account you sent
-me of the double stars; but it vexes me more and more that in this
-abominable city there is no one who is capable of partaking in the
-joy I feel on this revival of your father’s name. His observations on
-double stars were, from first to last, the most interesting subject; he
-never lost sight of it. And I cannot help lamenting that he could not
-take to his grave the satisfaction I feel at seeing his son doing him
-such ample justice by endeavouring to perfect what he could only begin.”
-
-Sir John’s trip to the Cape roused her ardent sympathy. “Ja!” she
-exclaimed, on hearing of the project, “If I were thirty or forty years
-younger, and could go too. In Gottes Namen!” But she was eighty-two,
-and could only give vent to her feelings by “jingling glasses
-with Betty” after dinner on his birthday, while mistress and maid
-together cried, “Es lebe Sir John! Hoch! Hurrah!” The reports of his
-achievements in the southern hemisphere were, she said, “like a drop
-of oil supplying my expiring lamp.” “At first, on reading them,” she
-wrote to Lady Herschel, “I could turn wild; but this is only a flash;
-for soon I fall into a reverie on what my dear nephew’s father would
-have felt if such letters could have been directed to him, and cannot
-suppress my wish that _his_ life instead of _mine_ had been spared
-until this present moment.”
-
-The joyful intelligence of her nephew’s safe return to England was
-sent to Miss Herschel by the Duke of Cambridge, whose attentions to
-her were unfailing; and she lived to hold in her hands the volume of
-“Cape Results,” by which her brother’s great survey of the heavens
-was rounded off to completion. But by that time the lassitude of
-approaching death was upon her.
-
-Three visits from her nephew broke the monotony of separation. In
-October, 1824, he stopped at Hanover on his way homeward from the
-Continent. Before his arrival, her “arms were longing to receive him”;
-after his departure, she “followed him in idea every inch he moved
-farther” away from her. Six years passed, and then he came again.
-
-“I found my aunt,” he reported, June 19th, 1832, “wonderfully well, and
-very nicely and comfortably lodged, and we have since been on the full
-trot. She runs about the town with me, and skips up her two flights of
-stairs as light and fresh at least as some folks I could name who are
-not a fourth part of her age. In the morning till eleven or twelve she
-is dull and weary; but as the day advances she gains life, and is quite
-‘fresh and funny’ at ten or eleven p.m., and sings old rhymes, nay,
-even dances! to the great delight of all who see her.”
-
-Their final meeting was in 1838, when Sir John’s Cape laurels were just
-gathered; and he brought with him his eldest son, aged six. But the
-old lady was terrified lest the child should come to harm; his food,
-his sleep, his scramblings, his playthings, were all subjects of the
-deepest anxiety. Then Sir John, desiring to spare her “the sadness of
-farewell,” perpetrated a moonlight flitting, which left her dismayed
-and desolate at the abrupt termination of the visit, and smarting
-with the intolerable consciousness of opportunities lost for saying
-what could now never be said. “All that passed,” she said, “was like
-Sheridan’s Chapter of Accidents.” It was too much for her; she did not
-desire the repetition of a pleasure rated at a price higher than she
-could afford to pay. “I would not wish on any account,” she told Lady
-Herschel in 1842, “to see either my nephew or you, my dear niece, again
-in this world, for I could not endure the pain of parting once more;
-but I trust I shall find and know you in the next.”
-
-She lived habitually in the past, and found the present--as Mrs.
-Knipping, Dietrich’s daughter said--“not only strange, but annoying.”
-Sometimes she would rouse herself from a “melancholy lethargy” to spend
-a few moments “in looking over my store of astronomical and other
-memorandums of upwards of fifty years’ collecting, and destroying
-all that might produce nonsense when coming through the hands of a
-Block-kopf into the Zeitungen.” Again she would dip back into the
-career of the “forty-foot,” or recall the choral performance to
-which the tube had resounded not far from sixty years before, “when
-I was one of the nimblest and foremost to get in and out of it. But
-now--lack-a-day--I can hardly cross the room without help. But what of
-that? Dorcas, in the _Beggars’ Opera_, says:
-
- “‘One cannot eat one’s cake and have it too!’”
-
-That venerable instrument marked for her the _ne plus ultra_ of optical
-achievement. She would not admit the sacrilegious thought of its being
-outdone. “I believe I have water on my brains,” she informed her nephew
-in August, 1842, “and all my bones ache so that I can hardly crawl;
-and, besides, sometimes a whole week passes without anybody coming
-near me, till they stumble on a paragraph in the newspaper about
-Gruithuisen’s discoveries, or Lord Queenstown’s great telescope, which
-_shall_ beat Sir William Herschel’s all to nothing; and such a visit
-sometimes makes me merry for a whole day.”
-
-From time to time she wrote books of “Recollections,” which she
-forwarded, with anxious care, to England. They contain nearly all that
-is intimately known of Sir William Herschel’s life. The entries in her
-“Day-book” ceased finally only on September 3rd, 1845. In the hope of
-giving permanent form to the memories that haunted her, she began, at
-ninety-two, “a piece of work which I despair of finishing before my
-eyesight and life leave me in the lurch. You will, perhaps, wonder what
-such a thing can be as I may pretend to do; but I cannot help it, and
-shall not rest till I have wrote the history of the Herschels.” “You
-remember,” she added, “you take the work in whatever state I may leave
-it, and make the best of it at your leisure.” It remained a piquant
-fragment. The fervour of her start was soon quenched by physical
-collapse, and she acknowledged her powerlessness “to do anything beside
-keeping herself alive.” Her last letter to Collingwood was finished
-with difficulty, December 3rd, 1846. Monthly reports of her state,
-however, continued to be sent thither by Miss Beckedorff, who, with
-Mrs. Knipping, cared for her to the last.
-
-In honour of her ninety-sixth birthday, the King of Prussia sent her,
-through Humboldt’s friendly hands, the Gold Medal of Science; and on
-the following anniversary, March 16th, 1847, she entertained the Crown
-Prince and Princess for two hours. Not only with conversation; she
-sang to them, too, a composition of Sir William’s, “Suppose we sing a
-Catch.” She had a new gown and smart cap for the occasion; and seemed
-“more revived than exhausted” by her efforts. Her last message to her
-nephew and his family--sent March 31st--was to say, with her “best
-love” “that she often wished to be with them, often felt alone, did not
-quite like old age with its weaknesses and infirmities, but that she,
-too, sometimes laughed at the world, liked her meals, and was satisfied
-with Betty’s services.”
-
-On the 9th of January, 1848, she tranquilly breathed her last, and “the
-unquiet heart was at rest.” She was buried beside her parents in the
-churchyard of the Gartengemeinde, at Hanover, with an epitaph of her
-own composition.[F] It records that the eyes closed in death had in
-life been turned towards the “starry heavens,” as her discoveries of
-comets, and her participation in her brother’s “immortal labours,” bear
-witness to future ages. By her special request a lock of “her revered
-brother’s” hair, and an old almanac used by her father, were placed in
-her coffin, which was escorted to the grave by royal carriages, and
-covered with wreaths of laurel and cypress from the royal gardens at
-Herrenhausen.
-
- [F] “Der Blick der Verklärten war hienieden dem gestirnten
- Himmel zugewandt; die eigenen Cometen-Entdeckungen,
- und die Theilnahme an den unsterblichen Arbeiten ihres
- Bruders, Wilhelm Herschel, zeugen davon bis in die späteste
- Nachwelt.”
-
-Caroline Herschel was not a woman of genius. Her mind was sound and
-vigorous, rather than brilliant. No abstract enthusiasm inspired her;
-no line of inquiry attracted her; she seems to have remained ignorant
-even of the subsequent history of her own comets. She prized them as
-trophies, but not unduly. The assignment of property in comets reminded
-her, she humorously remarked, when in her ninety-third year, of the
-children’s game, “He who first cries ‘Kick!’ shall have the apple.”
-Yet her faculties were of no common order, and they were rendered
-serviceable by moral strength and absolute devotedness. Her persistence
-was indomitable, her zeal was tempered by good sense; her endurance,
-courage, docility, and self-forgetfulness went to the limits of what
-is possible to human nature. With her readiness of hand and eye, her
-precision, her rapidity, her prompt obedience to a word or glance, she
-realised the ideal of what an assistant should be.
-
-Herself and her performances she held in small esteem. Compliments and
-honours had no inflating effect upon her. Indeed, she deprecated them,
-lest they should tend to diminish her brother’s glory. “Saying too
-much of what I have done,” she wrote in 1826, “is saying too little
-of him, for he did all. I was a mere tool which _he_ had the trouble
-of sharpening and adapting for the purpose he wanted it, for lack of
-a better. A little praise is very comforting, and I feel confident
-of having deserved it for my patience and perseverance, but none for
-great abilities or knowledge.” Again: “I did nothing for my brother but
-what a well-trained puppy-dog would have done; that is to say, I did
-what he commanded me.” And her entire and touching humility appears
-concentrated in the following sentence from a letter to her nephew: “My
-only reason for saying so much of myself is to show with what miserable
-assistance your father made shift to obtain the means of exploring the
-heavens.”
-
-The aim in life of this admirable woman was not to become learned
-or famous, but to make herself useful. Her function was, in her own
-unvarying opinion, a strictly secondary one. She had no ambition.
-Distinctions came to her unsought and incidentally. She was accordingly
-content with the slight and fragmentary supply of knowledge sufficing
-for the accurate performance of her daily tasks. No inner craving
-tormented her into amplifying it. The following of any such impulse
-would probably have impaired, rather than improved, her efficiency.
-The turn of her mind was, above all things, practical. She used
-formulæ as other women use pins, needles and scissors, for certain
-definite purposes, but with complete indifference as to the mode of
-their manufacture. What was required of her, however, she accomplished
-superlatively well, and this was the summit of her desires. She shines,
-and will continue to shine, by the reflected light that she loved.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII.
-
-SIR JOHN HERSCHEL AT CAMBRIDGE AND SLOUGH.
-
-
-“The little boy is entertaining, comical, and promising,” Dr. Burney
-wrote after his visit to Slough in 1797. John Frederick William
-Herschel was then five years old, having been born “within the shadow
-of the great telescope” March 7, 1792. He was an industrious little
-fellow, especially in doing mischief. “When one day I was sitting
-beside him,” his aunt relates, “listening to his prattle, my attention
-was drawn by his hammering to see what he might be about, and I found
-that it was the continuation of many days’ labour, and that the ground
-about the corner of the house was undermined, the corner-stone entirely
-away, and he was hard at work going on with the next. I gave the alarm,
-and old John Wiltshire, a favourite carpenter, came running, crying
-out, ‘God bless the boy, if he is not going to pull the house down!’”
-And she wrote to him at Feldhausen; “I see you now in idea, running
-about in petticoats among your father’s carpenters, working with little
-tools of your own, and John Wiltshire crying out, ‘Dang the boy, if he
-can’t drive in a nail as well as I can!’”
-
-[Illustration: SIR JOHN FREDERICK WILLIAM HERSCHEL, BART.
-
-(_From a portrait painted by Pickersgill for St. John’s College,
-Cambridge._)]
-
-“John and I,” she told his wife, “were the most affectionate friends,
-and many a half or whole holiday spent with me was dedicated to making
-experiments in chemistry, in which generally all boxes, tops of
-tea-canisters, pepper-boxes, teacups, etc., served for the necessary
-vessels, and the sand-tub furnished the matter to be analysed. I only
-had to take care to exclude water, which would have produced havoc on
-my carpet.”
-
-From a preparatory school kept by Dr. Gretton at Hitcham, he was sent,
-a delicate, blue-eyed lad, to Eton. His mother, however, happening to
-see him maltreated by a stronger boy, brought him home after a few
-months, and his education was continued by a Scotch mathematician named
-Rogers, a man of considerable ability. His pupil held him in high
-respect; yet, though he learned Euclid accurately from him, he told
-Dr. Pritchard afterwards that “he knew no more of its real bearing and
-intention than he knew of the man in the moon.” The results of the home
-tuition were, none the less, exceedingly brilliant.
-
-Herschel entered St. John’s College, Cambridge, at the age of
-seventeen, and his aunt noted in her Diary that, from the time of his
-admittance to the University until he quitted it, he gained all the
-first prizes without exception. He graduated as Senior Wrangler and
-First Smith’s Prizeman in 1813, a year in which honours were not cheap.
-Peacock, subsequently Dean of Ely, took second place, Fearon Fallows,
-the first Royal Astronomer at the Cape of Good Hope, came third, and
-Babbage withdrew from the competition, judging himself unable to beat,
-and not caring to be beaten by Herschel. Rivalry did not disturb their
-friendship. Having entered, together with Peacock, into a juvenile
-compact to do what in them lay “to leave the world wiser than they
-found it,” they, in 1812, set about fulfilling it by the establishment
-of the “Analytical Society of Cambridge.” Its object was to substitute
-in England for Newton’s fluxional method the more flexible and powerful
-calculus in use on the Continent; or, as Babbage expressed it, punning
-on the required change of notation, “to uphold the principles of pure
-D-ism in opposition to the _Dot_-age of the University.” The trio of
-innovators were full of enthusiasm, and they carried through a reform
-vital to the progress of British science. Herschel laboured zealously
-in the cause. In combination with his two allies, he translated
-Lacroix’s elementary treatise on the Differential Calculus, which
-became a text-book at Cambridge; and published, in 1820, an admirable
-volume of “Examples.” “In a very few years,” to use Babbage’s words,
-“the change from dots to d’s was accomplished; and thus at last the
-English cultivators of mathematical science, untrammelled by a limited
-and imperfect system of signs, entered on equal terms into competition
-with their Continental rivals.” Herschel, writing in the _Quarterly
-Review_, playfully described the process by which this was brought
-about. “The brows of many a Cambridge moderator,” he said, “were
-elevated, half in ire, half in admiration, at the unusual answers which
-began to appear in examination-papers. Even moderators are not made
-of impenetrable stuff; their souls were touched, though fenced with
-seven-fold Jacquier, and tough bull-hide of Vince and Wood. They were
-carried away with the stream, in short, or replaced by successors full
-of their newly acquired powers. The modern analysis was adopted in its
-largest extent.”
-
-John Herschel was one of Babbage’s “chief and choicest companions,” who
-breakfasted with him every Sunday after chapel, and discussed, during
-three or four delightful hours, “all knowable, and many unknowable
-things.” His life-long friendship with Whewell began after his election
-to a Fellowship of his College. It lent charm to the occasional
-residences at Cambridge, which terminated in 1816, on his attaining the
-dignity of Master of Arts. He celebrated his coming of age at home,
-and was with his father at Brighton when Campbell characterised him as
-“a prodigy in science, and fond of poetry, but very unassuming.” His
-first publication was a paper on “Cotes’s Theorem,” sent, in October,
-1812, to the Royal Society, of which body he was chosen a member, May
-27, 1813. This was followed by a series of memoirs on various points
-of analysis, their signal merit being recognised, in 1821, by the
-bestowal of the Copley Medal. His investigations in pure mathematics
-were carried no further; but he had done enough to show his power and
-originality, and materially to widen the scope of the new methods.
-
-He was in no hurry to choose a profession. Evenly balanced inclinations
-demanded, circumstances indulged delay; so he paused. His father wished
-him to enter the Church; but he preferred the law, and was enrolled
-a student at Lincoln’s Inn, January 24, 1814. The step was a simple
-formality. It committed him to nothing. And, in fact, while nominally
-reading for the Bar, his thoughts were running in a totally different
-direction. Dr. Wollaston, whose acquaintance he made in London,
-fascinated him, and his influence served to steady the helm of his
-intentions. Having decided finally for a scientific career, he returned
-to Slough, and plunged into experiments in chemistry and physical
-optics.
-
-On September 10th, 1816, he informed a correspondent that he was
-“going, under his father’s direction, to take up star-gazing.” This
-brief sentence gives the first tidings of an astronomical element in
-his life. Its growth was slow. He had no instinctive turn that way. It
-was through filial reverence that he resolved to tread in his father’s
-footsteps. His self-denial received a magnificent reward. He took a
-place expressly reserved for him, as it might seem, beside his father
-as an explorer of the skies on the grandest scale. But for this moral
-purpose, he might have squandered time in a multiplicity of partial
-researches. So late as 1830 he told Sir William Rowan Hamilton: “I find
-it impossible to dwell for very long on one subject, and this renders
-my pursuit of any branch of science necessarily very desultory.” His
-nebulæ and double stars saved him from being “everything by turns,
-and nothing long.” Their collection and revisal, begun as a duty,
-grew to be irresistibly attractive, and John Herschel pledged himself
-definitively to astronomy.
-
-His earliest undertaking was the re-examination of his father’s
-double stars. Entered upon at Slough in 1816, it was continued from
-1821 to 1823 at the observatory in Blackman Street, Southwark, of
-Mr., afterwards Sir James South, where, with two excellent refracting
-telescopes, of five and seven feet focal length, the colleagues
-measured 380 of Sir William Herschel’s original pairs. Double stars
-want a great deal of looking after. Their discovery should be the
-prelude to long processes of investigation. It is of little interest
-unless diligently followed up. Each represents a system, individual
-in its peculiarities, and probably of most complex organisation.
-The more such systems are studied, the more wonderful they appear.
-Two associated stars have often proved, on keener scrutiny, to be
-themselves very closely double; and in other cases, disturbed motion
-has revealed the existence of obscure masses--planets on a colossal
-scale, possibly the spacious abodes of unimaginable forms of life.
-
-The “Astronomy of the Invisible,” however, was still in the future when
-Herschel and South did their work. Facts relating to binary revolutions
-were scantily forthcoming, and the science to be founded on them had
-been rather indicated than established. Fresh observations were then
-needed to ascertain how the circling stars had behaved since 1802. The
-results proved highly satisfactory. In Francis Baily’s words, “The
-remarkable phenomena first brought to light by Sir William Herschel
-were abundantly confirmed, and many new objects pointed out as worthy
-the attention of future observers.” To take a couple of examples. Eta
-Coronæ was found to have described, since 1781, one entire round,
-and to be just starting on a second. Again, Tau Ophiuchi had been
-perceived, by the elder Herschel, at his first sight of it in April,
-1783, to be “elongated.” “One half of the small star,” he said, “if
-not three-quarters, seems to be behind the large star.” This effect
-was imperceptible to his son. It had become entirely effaced in the
-course of forty years. The star was, in 1823, perfectly round; it had,
-as it were, absorbed its companion. By slow degrees, however, the two
-came into separate view, and now form an easy telescopic object. Their
-period of revolution is not less than two centuries. Another point of
-special interest was the detection of marked eccentricity in a stellar
-orbit--that of Xi Ursæ Majoris. These stars perform their circuits in
-just sixty years; but in 1821 their apparent speed was so great that
-changes in their relative positions could be determined from month to
-month. For these observations, published with notes and discussions in
-the _Philosophical Transactions_ for 1824, Herschel and South received
-the Lalande Prize of the French Academy in 1825, and the Gold Medal of
-the Astronomical Society in 1826. In the latter distinction, Wilhelm
-Struve and Amici of Modena were associated with them. These four were
-the only double star observers then living.
-
-Their exertions served to define more closely the circumstances of
-stellar movement. The crucial question could now be put, whether they
-are governed by the force that binds the planets to the sun, or by
-some other form of attractive influence. In other words, is the law of
-gravitation universal? An answer could only be obtained experimentally,
-by computing, on gravitational principles, the paths of the best-known
-pairs, and then _trying the fit_. If the stars, as time went on, kept
-near their predicted places, the unity of nature in this respect might
-be safely inferred; although considerable discrepancies might in any
-case be expected, owing to errors of measurement minute in themselves,
-but large relatively to curves reduced by distance to hair-breadth
-dimensions.
-
-This kind of inquiry was fairly started in 1827, when Savary computed
-the orbit of Xi Ursæ. His success made it almost certain that the pair
-moved under the planetary regimen, conformed to, there is no reason
-to doubt, by all binaries. John Herschel, although not the first, was
-the most effective early investigator of stellar orbits. His method,
-described before the Royal Astronomical Society January 13, 1832, and
-approved by the award of its Gold Medal in 1833, went to the root of
-the matter. The author declared it a mere waste of time to attempt to
-deal, by any refined or intricate process of calculation, with data so
-uncertain and irregular as those at hand. “Uncertain and irregular,”
-it must be repeated, because referred to a scale on which tenths of
-a second assume large proportions. He accordingly discarded, as mere
-pedantic trifling, such analytical formulæ as those employed by Savary
-and Encke, and had recourse to a graphical process, in which “the
-aid of the eye and hand” was used to “guide the judgment in a case
-where judgment only, and not calculation, could be of any avail.” The
-operation which he went on to explain was commended by Sir George Airy
-for its “elegance and practical utility.” Nothing more appropriate
-could have been devised than this plan, at once simple, ingenious, and
-accommodating, for drawing a curve representative of the successive
-relative positions of double stars. Its invention effectively promoted
-acquaintance with their orbits; most of those at present known having,
-indeed, been calculated with its aid.
-
-In 1821, Herschel travelled, in Babbage’s company, through Switzerland
-and Italy. His only recorded adventure was an ascent of Monte Rosa.
-In the following year he visited Holland with James Grahame, the
-learned author of a “History of America”; and on the removal of
-South’s observatory to Passy, he again went abroad, starting with
-Babbage, but returning alone. This time he made a number of scientific
-acquaintances. His father’s name worked like a spell. “I find myself,”
-he said, “for his sake, received by all men of science with open arms.”
-His modesty forbade him to remember that his own merits were already
-conspicuous. In Paris, Arago and Fourier showed him all possible
-attentions; he was welcomed at Turin “like a brother” by Plana, “one
-of the most eminent mathematicians of the age;” at Modena, Amici was,
-if possible, still more cordial. “He is the only man,” Herschel told
-his aunt, “who has, since my father, bestowed great pains on the
-construction of specula.” “Among other of your inquiring friends,” he
-continued, “I should not omit the Abbé Piazzi, whom I found ill in
-bed at Palermo, and who is a fine, respectable old man, though, I am
-afraid, not much longer for this world. He remembered you personally,
-having himself visited Slough.”
-
-On July 3 Herschel “made the ascent of Etna, without particular
-difficulty, though with excessive fatigue.” On the summit, reached
-before sunrise, by “a desperate scramble up a cone of lava and ashes,
-one thousand feet high,” he found himself “enveloped in suffocating
-sulphurous vapours”; and “was glad enough to get down,” after having
-made a reading of the barometer in concert with the simultaneous
-observations of the brothers Gemellaro at Catania and Nicolosi. The
-same night he arrived at Catania “almost dead” from the morning’s
-arduous climb, “and the dreadful descent of nearly thirty miles, where
-the mules could scarce keep their feet.”
-
-In traversing Germany, he deviated to Erlangen, where Pfaff was
-engaged in translating Sir William Herschel’s writings; and visited
-Encke, Lindenau, and Harding, at Seeberg, Gotha, and Göttingen. With
-Göttingen he had a special tie through his creation, in 1816, an
-honorary member of the University; and at Göttingen, too, he hoped to
-meet Gauss--a man of strange, and--to the lay mind--unintelligible
-powers. “Gauss was a god,” one of his fellow-mathematicians said of
-him; but the “god” was on this occasion absent--feasting with the
-“blameless Ethiopians,” perhaps, like the Homeric deities when wanted.
-He was reported “inconsolable” for the lost opportunity, which seems
-never to have recurred.
-
-From Munich Herschel wrote to his aunt, in view of his approaching
-visit to Hanover:--“I hope you haven’t forgotten your English, as
-I find myself not quite so fluent in this language (German) as I
-expected. In fact, since leaving Italy, I have so begarbled my German
-with Italian that it is unintelligible both to myself and to everyone
-that hears it: and what is very perverse, though when in Italy I could
-hardly talk Italian fit to be heard, I can now talk nothing else, and
-whenever I want a German word, pop comes the Italian one in its place.
-I made the waiter to-day stare (he being a Frenchman) by calling to
-him, ‘Wollen Sie avere la bontà den acet zu apportaren!’ But this, I
-hope, will soon wear off.”
-
-His next foreign holiday was spent in France. He had designed a new
-instrument for measuring the intensity of the sun’s radiations, and
-was eager to experiment with it alternately at high and low levels,
-for the purpose of determining the proportion of solar heat absorbed
-by the earth’s atmosphere. This method was employed with fine effect
-by Professor Langley on Mount Whitney in 1881. Herschel carried his
-“actinometer” to the top of the Puy de Dôme in September 1826, and
-waited at Montpellier for “one day of intense sunshine,” in order
-to procure his second term of comparison. The Puy de Dôme, with its
-associated three hundred summits, strongly allured him. “I have been
-rambling over the volcanoes of Auvergne,” he wrote from Montpellier,
-September 17, “and propose, before I quit this, to visit an extinct
-crater which has given off two streams of lava at Agde, a town about
-thirty miles south of this place on the road to the Spanish frontier.
-Into Spain, however, I do not mean to go--having no wish to have my
-throat cut. I am told that a regular diligence runs between this and
-Madrid, and is as regularly stopped and robbed on the way.”
-
-This exploratory turn alarmed Miss Herschel. “I fear,” she replied,
-“you must often be exposed to great dangers by creeping about in holes
-and corners among craters of volcanoes.” He was, nevertheless, only
-dissuaded by his mother’s anxious remonstrances from pursuing their
-study in Madeira and Teneriffe.
-
-In the autumn of 1827, Babbage accompanied him to Ireland. The young
-Astronomer Royal, Sir W. R. Hamilton, was unluckily absent at the time
-of their visit; but he sent Herschel, by way of compensation, one of
-his brilliant optical essays, and a correspondence sprang up from which
-a lasting friendship developed.
-
-Herschel’s scientific occupations at home were meanwhile various and
-pressing. He co-operated in the foundation of the Astronomical Society,
-and became in 1821 its first foreign secretary. In 1824 he undertook
-the more onerous duties of secretary to the Royal Society, and rented a
-house in Devonshire Street for the three years of his term of office.
-Astronomy, it might have been feared, should be at least temporarily
-shelved; yet he informed his aunt, April 18, 1825, “A week ago I had
-the twenty-foot directed on the nebulæ in Virgo, and determined the
-right ascensions and polar distances of thirty-six of them. These
-curious objects I shall now take into my especial charge--nobody else
-can see them.”
-
-His telescope, in fact, then held the championship. It was constructed
-in 1820 by himself, under his father’s directions, on the “front view”
-plan, the speculum being eighteen inches in diameter, and of twenty
-feet focal length. With it he executed, in 1824, a fine drawing of the
-Orion Nebula, with which “inexplicable phenomenon” he was profoundly
-impressed. It suggested to him no idea of a starry composition, and he
-likened its aspect to that presented by the “breaking up of a mackerel
-sky, when the clouds of which it consists begin to assume a cirrous
-appearance.”
-
-In July, 1828, he succeeded in discerning the two Uranian satellites,
-Oberon and Titania, _authentically_ discovered by his father. They had
-not been seen, except incidentally at Slough, for thirty years. His
-pursuit of them, continued at intervals until 1832, had the result
-of confirming, while slightly correcting, Sir William Herschel’s
-elements of their motions. On September 23, 1832, he perceived Biela’s
-comet as a round, hazy object without a tail. It closely simulated a
-pretty large nebula. A small knot of very faint stars lay directly
-in its path, and, having before long overtaken them, it “presented,
-when on the cluster, the appearance of a nebula partly resolved into
-stars, the stars of the cluster being visible through the comet.” They
-shone undimmed, he estimated, from behind a veil of cometary matter
-50,000 miles thick. Yet, only a month later, the remote prospect of a
-collision with this tenuous body threw Europe into a panic.
-
-After Sir William Herschel’s death, his son formed the project of
-collecting into a memorial volume all his published papers; but he
-decided before long that he could add more to his fame by pursuing
-and verifying his observations than by reprinting them. The keynote
-of his life’s activity was struck in these words. His review of the
-2,500 Herschelian nebulæ, more than half of which were invisible with
-any instrument except his own, was begun in the summer of 1825, and
-terminated in 1833. The assiduity with which it was prosecuted appeared
-by its completion in little more than half the time judged necessary
-for the purpose by the original discoverer. Yet he was not exempt
-from discouragement. “Two stars last night,” he wrote, July 23, 1830,
-“and sat up till two waiting for them. Ditto the night before. Sick
-of star-gazing--mean to break the telescopes and melt the mirrors.”
-Very few glimpses of this seamy side to the occupation are afforded us
-by either of the Slough observers. Modern astronomers, by comparison,
-would seem, like the Scotchman’s barometer, to have “lost all control
-over the weather.”
-
-The efficacious promptitude with which John Herschel swept the skies
-appears truly wonderful when we remember that he was without a skilled
-assistant. No ready pen was at hand to record what he saw, and how
-he saw it; he was, by necessity, his own amanuensis; and writing by
-lamplight unfits the eye for receiving delicate impressions. Yet a
-multitude of the objects for which quest was being made were of the
-last degree of faintness. The results were none the less admirable.
-Embodied in a catalogue of 2,307 nebulæ, of which 525 were new, they
-were presented to the Royal Society July 1, 1833, and printed in the
-_Philosophical Transactions_ (vol. cxxiii.). Annotations of great
-interest, and over one hundred beautiful drawings, enhanced the value
-of the memoir.
-
-Herschel was struck, in the course of his review, by the nebulous
-relations of double stars. A close, faint pair at the exact centre of
-a small round nebula in Leo; stellar foci in nebular ellipses; and a
-strange little group consisting of a trio of equidistant stars relieved
-against a nebulous shield, were specimen-instances illustrating “a
-point of curious and high physical interest.”
-
-He also drew attention to “the frequent and close proximity to
-planetary nebulæ of minute stars which suggest the idea of accompanying
-satellites. Such they may possibly be.” If so, their revolutions might
-eventually be ascertained; and he urged the desirability of exact and
-persistent determinations of the positions of these satellite-stars.
-“I regret,” he concluded, “not having sufficiently attended to this in
-my observations, the few measures given being hurried, imperfect, and
-discordant.” Up to the present, these supposed systems have remained
-sensibly fixed; but they have been a good deal neglected. Mr. Burnham’s
-observations, however, with the Lick refractor in 1890–1, may supply a
-basis for the future detection of their movements in periods probably
-to be reckoned by millenniums.
-
-The orbital circulation of compound nebulæ must be at least equally
-slow. They are most diverse in form and arrangement. “All the varieties
-of double stars as to distance, position, and relative brightness,”
-Herschel wrote, “have their counterparts in nebulæ; besides which, the
-varieties of form and gradation of light in the latter afford room for
-combinations peculiar to this class of objects.” Such, for instance, as
-the disparate union of an immensely long nebulous ray in Canes Venatici
-with a dim round companion, a small intermediate star occupying
-possibly the centre of gravity of the system.
-
-Herschel’s drawings of double nebulæ have gained significance through
-their discussion, in 1892, by Dr. T. J. J. See of Chicago. They are
-now perceived to form a series aptly illustrative of the process,
-theoretically investigated by Poincaré and Darwin, by which a cooling
-and contracting body, under the stress of its consequently accelerated
-rotation, divides into two. If it be homogeneous in composition,
-its “fission” gives rise to two equal masses, presumed to condense
-eventually into a pair of equal stars. Disparity, on the other hand,
-between the products of fission indicates original heterogeneity;
-so that a large nebula must be of denser consistence than a smaller
-one physically connected with it. The chemical dissimilarity of the
-stars developed from them might explain the colour-contrasts often
-presented by unequal stellar couples. This view as to the origin of
-double nebulæ, and through them of double stars, although doubtless
-representing only a fragment of the truth, gives wonderful coherence to
-Herschel’s faithful delineations of what his telescope showed him.
-
-No one before him had completely seen the “Dumb-bell” nebula in
-Vulpecula. Sir William Herschel had perceived the “double-headed shot”
-part of this “most amazing object,” but had missed the hazy sheath
-which his successor noticed as filling in the elliptic outline. He
-perceived similarly (unaware of Schröter’s observation) that the
-interior of the Ring-nebula in Lyra is not entirely dark; and compared
-the effect to that of fine gauze stretched over a hoop. An exceedingly
-long, nebular ellipse in Andromeda, with a narrow interior vacuity,
-left him “hardly a doubt of its being a thin, flat ring of enormous
-dimensions, seen very obliquely.” A photograph taken by Dr. Roberts, in
-1891, corresponds strikingly with Herschel’s drawing. Some specimens of
-“rifted nebulæ,” were also included in the collection of 1833. They are
-double or even triple parallel rays, fragments, apparently, of single
-primitive formations. Herschel might well assert that “some of the most
-remarkable peculiarities of nebulæ had escaped every former observer.”
-
-Both by the Royal, and by the Royal Astronomical Societies, medals
-were, in 1836, adjudged to this fine work. Its progress was
-accompanied by the discovery of 3,347 double stars, as well as by the
-re-measurement of a large number of pairs already known. The whole
-were drawn up into eight catalogues, presented at intervals to the
-Astronomical Society, and printed in their Memoirs. A good many of
-them would, nevertheless, be rejected by modern astronomers as “not
-worth powder and shot,” the stars composing them being too far apart to
-give more than an infinitesimal chance of mutual connection. From May
-1828 onwards, these measures were made with “South’s _ci-devant_ great
-equatorial,” purchased by Herschel. The object-glass, by Tulley, was
-five inches in diameter. With a twelve-inch refractor, its successor
-in South’s observatory on Campden Hill, Herschel detected, on its
-trial-night, February 13, 1830, the sixth star in the “trapezium” of
-Orion. This minute object was then about one-third as bright as the
-fifth star in the same group, discovered by Robert Hooke in 1664, but
-forgotten, and re-discovered by Struve in 1826. A slow gain of light in
-Herschel’s star is not improbable.
-
-He refused, in 1826, to compete for the Lucasian Professorship of
-Mathematics at Cambridge. It was practically at his disposal, since all
-agreed that no one could better than Herschel have filled the chair
-once occupied by Newton. He was, however, disinclined for an University
-career, and had undertaken labours incompatible with it. In 1830 he
-stood as the “scientific candidate” for the presidentship of the Royal
-Society, against the Duke of Sussex. His defeat was by “a ridiculously
-small majority.” “I had no personal interest in the contest,” he
-wrote to Sir William Hamilton. “Had my private wishes and sense of
-individual advantage weighed with me in opposition to what, under the
-circumstances, was an imperative duty, I should have persisted in my
-refusal to be brought forward; but there are situations where one _has_
-no choice, and such was mine.”
-
-He made Hamilton’s personal acquaintance at a dinner of notabilities,
-given by the Duke of Sussex, in March, 1832. An invitation to Slough
-followed, and Hamilton, arriving “in a beautiful star-time,” enjoyed
-celestial sights that seemed the opening of a new firmament.
-
-Herschel married, March 3, 1829, Margaret Brodie, second daughter of
-the Rev. Alexander Stewart, of Dingwall, in Ross-shire. The event--not
-merely by convention a “happy” one--gave great satisfaction to his
-numerous friends. Miss Herschel was beside herself with glad emotion.
-“I have spent four days,” she informed him on his wedding-day, “in
-vain endeavours to gain composure enough to give you an idea of the
-joyful sensation caused by the news. But I can at this moment find no
-words which would better express my happiness than those of Simeon:
-“Lord, now lettest thou thy servant depart in peace.” But there was
-no finality in her desires for this brilliant scion of her race.
-His domestic felicity did not long content her; she craved worldly
-distinctions. When, after the accession of William IV., a shower of
-honours was let fall, she began to think plain “John Herschel, Esq.,”
-an address very inadequate to his merits. “Dr. Grosskopf,” the husband
-of one of her nieces, “has been _zum Ritter ernannt_ by his present
-Majesty,” she wrote discontentedly. “So was Dr. Mükry last week. If all
-is betitled in England and Germany, why is not my nephew, J. H., a lord
-or a wycount (_sic_) at least? General Komarzewsky used to say to your
-father, ‘Why does not King George III. make you Duke of Slough?’”
-
-An instalment of her wishes was granted by his creation, in 1831, a
-Knight of the Royal Hanoverian Guelphic Order; and she lived to see him
-a baronet. She had no inkling of his approaching journey to the Cape
-when he came to see her in June, 1832, although the visit was designed
-as a farewell. Hanover itself, too, had for him an ancestral charm.
-
-“It was only this evening,” he wrote home, “that, escaping from a
-party at Mrs. Beckedorff’s, I was able to indulge in what my soul has
-been yearning for ever since I came here--a solitary ramble out of
-town, among the meadows which border the Leine-strom, from which the
-old, tall, sombre-looking Marktthurm, and the three beautiful lanthorn
-steeples of Hanover are seen as in the little picture I have often
-looked at with a sort of mysterious wonder when a boy, as that strange
-place in foreign parts that my father and uncle used to talk so much
-about, and so familiarly. The _likeness_ is correct, and I soon found
-the point of view.”
-
-Almost from the beginning of his surveying operations, Herschel
-cherished the hope of extending them to the southern hemisphere. But
-during his mother’s lifetime, he took no steps towards its realisation.
-The separation would have been cruel. Her death, however, on January
-6th, 1832, at the age of eighty-one, removed this obstacle, and
-the scheme rapidly took shape. The station originally thought of
-was Parramatta, in New South Wales; but Dunlop’s observations there
-anticipated him, and he reflected with disappointment that “the cream
-of the southern hemisphere had been skimmed” before his turn came. He
-learned afterwards that nothing important in the “sweeping” line had
-been done at Parramatta; he had virgin skies to explore. A trip to the
-Himalayas was his next ambition; and one of the recommendations of the
-Cape of Good Hope was its being “within striking distance of India.”
-But to India he never went. The Cape was beyond question the most
-suitable locality for his purpose, and it would have been waste of time
-to have left it, even temporarily, for any other. He was offered a free
-passage thither in a ship of war, but preferred to keep his enterprise
-altogether on a private footing. So having embarked with his wife,
-three children, and instrumental outfit, on board the _Mountstuart
-Elphinstone_, he left the shores of England, November 13, 1833.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII.
-
-EXPEDITION TO THE CAPE.
-
-
-The voyage was prosperous, but long. Nine weeks and two days passed
-before the welcome cry of “Land” was heard; and it was in the dawn
-of January 15, 1835, that Table Mountain at last stood full in view,
-“with all its attendant range down to the farthest point of South
-Africa,” outlined, ghost-like, in clear blue. The disembarkation of the
-instruments and luggage took several days. They filled fifteen large
-boats, and a single onslaught of the south-easterly gale, by which at
-that time of the year Cape Town is harried, might easily have marred
-the projected campaign. All, however, went well.
-
-The travellers were welcomed by Dr. Stewart, one of Lady Herschel’s
-brothers, and enthusiastically greeted by the Royal Astronomer, Sir
-Thomas Maclear. They made no delay in fixing their headquarters.
-
-“For the last two or three days,” Herschel wrote to his aunt, January
-21, “we have been looking for houses, and have all but agreed for one,
-a most beautiful place four or five miles out of town, called ‘The
-Grove.’ In point of situation it is a perfect paradise in rich and
-magnificent mountain scenery, and sheltered from all winds, even the
-fierce south-easter, by thick surrounding woods. I must reserve for my
-next all description of the gorgeous display of flowers which adorns
-this splendid country, as well as the astonishing brilliancy of the
-constellations.”
-
-“The Grove” resumed its old Dutch name of “Feldhausen” during
-Herschel’s occupation of it; and as “Feldhausen” it will always
-be memorable in astronomical history as the scene of the first
-effective exploration of the southern heavens. The place is
-essentially unchanged. Only an avenue of fir-trees has been planted
-by way of approach to the house, a solid Dutch structure, with a
-disconsolate-looking garden in front; while in an adjacent field,
-carpeted with yellow lupins every spring, and redolent of their
-perfume, an obelisk has been erected on the former site of the great
-reflector. Above, to the west, towers the _gable-end_ of Table
-Mountain, and an exuberant growth of oaks and pines softens the
-sternness of its “mural precipices.”
-
-The neighbourhood was, in those days, lonely in the human sense,
-although otherwise over- and ill-populated. Wolves and jackals abounded
-in the forests; venomous snakes slid through the grass; baboons had the
-run of the country; even the lion and the hippopotamus were scarcely
-yet extinct in the Cape Peninsula. Many a wild hyæna-shriek startled
-the astronomer at his nightly toil; and Dr. Whewell reported that he
-had “spent one night in tiger-hunting, but seemed to think it poor
-sport compared with the _chasse aux étoiles doubles_.” _Tiger_, it
-should be explained, is a local name for a species of leopard: no true
-tigers have ever been encountered in Africa.
-
-His twenty-foot began its activity February 22nd, and the refractor,
-which was equatorially mounted in a revolving dome, was ready early
-in June. “But I am sorry to say,” he told Miss Herschel, “that the
-nights in which it can be used to advantage are rare.” And he lamented
-to his brother-in-law and intimate friend, Mr. James C. Stewart,
-that, during the hot season, “the stars tremble, swell, and waver most
-formidably.” The Cape heavens are indeed often exasperating. On nights
-meteorologically quite fine, the dismayed astronomer not uncommonly
-sees the stars “walking about” in the field of view; and a mere handful
-of cloud will, at other times, with incredible swiftness, spread over
-the whole face of the sky. Still, compensation is, sooner or later,
-sure to come in a run of magnificent observing weather. This was
-Herschel’s experience. He informed Francis Baily, October 23rd, 1834,
-that “the definition was far beyond anything experienced in England.”
-After rain especially, superb opportunities were afforded, when
-
- “The starry sequence of nocturnal hours”[G]
-
- [G] R. Garnett, “Iphigenia in Delphi.”
-
-might be unbroken, perhaps for a week together, by a single adverse
-incident of climate.
-
-Herschel took three specula with him to the Cape; one made by his
-father, another by himself with his father’s aid, and a third, of his
-own exclusive manufacture. Their rapid tarnishing kept them in constant
-circulation from the tube to the polisher. After half a dozen nights
-they had lost all brilliancy; at the end of three months, they were
-more than purblind. He acquired, however, such facility and skill in
-the use of his polishing machine, that he was able, in 1835, to report
-his mirrors as “more perfect than at any former time.”
-
-He made astonishingly quick progress in observation. On October 24th,
-1835, Miss Herschel was informed, “I have now very nearly gone over
-the whole southern heavens, and over much of it often. In short, I
-have, to use a homely phrase, broken the neck of the work, and my main
-object now is to secure and perfect what is done.”
-
-His sweeps yielded a harvest of 1,202 double stars, and 1,708 nebulæ
-and clusters, only 439 of which had been previously registered. Among
-the novelties were a faint, delicate miniature of the ring-nebula
-in Lyra, and five planetaries. One of these he described as “of a
-beautiful greenish-blue colour, a full and intense tint.” This lovely
-object, situated in Centaur, is sometimes distinguished as “_the_ blue
-planetary”; although its hue is shared by all the members of its class.
-The nature of their spectrum, in fact, obliges them to be more or less
-green.
-
-Sir John Herschel applied the term “falcated” to two curious nebulæ
-belonging, undoubtedly, to the later recognised “spiral” class. He
-perceived besides in oval nebulæ the annular lines of structure
-emphasised in Dr. Roberts’s photographs. He remarked, further, that “as
-the condensation increases toward the middle, the ellipticity of the
-strata diminishes.”
-
-His study of the Magellanic Clouds gave the first idea of their
-composition. He showed them to be aggregations on a vast scale of
-every variety of cosmical product. “When examined through powerful
-telescopes, the constitution of the Nubeculæ, and especially of the
-Nubecula Major, is found to be of astonishing complexity.” He drew up
-a preliminary catalogue of 1,163 stars, nebulæ and clusters included
-in them, the conjunction of which was really decisive as to nebular
-status. For he showed, from the elementary principles of trigonometry,
-that, taking the Greater Cloud to be roughly spherical in shape, its
-nearest and remotest parts could differ in distance from ourselves
-by little more than one-tenth the distance of its centre. The fact
-was thus demonstrated that seventh and eighth-magnitude stars and
-irresolvable nebulæ co-exist within those limits. He stopped short,
-however, of the conclusion drawn by Whewell and Spencer, that the
-stellar and nebular sub-kingdoms are not only locally intermixed, but
-inseparably united.
-
-The Magellanic Clouds are the most conspicuous features of the barren
-south polar heavens. Round the Lesser Cloud especially, the sky,
-Herschel said, “is most oppressively desolate.” And again: “The access
-to the Nubecula Minor on all sides is through a desert.” One of the
-separate inmates of the Larger Cloud is the “great looped nebula,”
-compared by Herschel to “an assemblage of loops,” the complicated
-windings of which make it “one of the most extraordinary objects which
-the heavens present.” To the eye of the present writer it resembled
-a shining strip of cellular tissue hung up against the sky. The
-“lace-work nebula” in Cygnus is of the same type; but here the tracery
-of nebula is closely followed by a tracery of stars. Truly, “A most
-wonderful phenomenon!” as Herschel exclaimed in contemplating it.
-
-The first photographs of the Magellanic Clouds were taken in 1890–91
-by Mr. Russell of Sydney. They contained an extraordinary revelation.
-Both objects came out in them as gigantic spirals. Their miscellaneous
-contents are then arranged according to the dictates of a prevalent,
-though unexplained cosmical law. The Nubecula Major is a double vortex,
-and the extent of its outlying portions, invisible except to the
-camera, is at least eight times that of the central mass; but they
-conform to the same helical lines.
-
-Herschel catalogued 1,203 stars strewn over the surface of the famous
-Argo nebula, and devoted several months to its delineation. This he
-found “a work of great labour and difficulty.” While at the telescope
-he often half surrendered to despair “of ever being able to transfer to
-paper, with even tolerable correctness, its endless details.” “Language
-cannot easily convey,” he said, “a full impression of the beauty and
-sublimity of the spectacle this nebula offers when viewed in a sweep,
-ushered in by so glorious and innumerable a procession of stars, to
-which it forms a sort of climax.” Only the Orion nebula may be thought
-to surpass it in “magnitude, complexity, and brightness.” Its most
-characteristic feature is an abrupt vacuity, of a “lemniscate oval”
-shape, from which it derives the name of the “Keyhole Nebula.” The
-value of Herschel’s drawing of this grand object has been accentuated
-by its photographic portrayal. Their comparison betrays, in fact,
-the occurrence in the interval of what appears to be a vast change.
-Already, in 1871, Mr. Russell missed with surprise a prominent feature
-in the Feldhausen picture; and its failure to appear on photographic
-plates exposed for eight hours, yet impressed with innumerable stars
-previously unseen, raised something more than a presumption that, as
-Mr. Russell said, “a well-defined and brilliant portion of this nebula
-vanished between 1837 and 1871.” Its disappearance was independently
-verified by Dr. Gill, Royal Astronomer at the Cape. With a total
-exposure of more than twelve hours, in March, 1892, he secured a
-magnificent representation of this wonderful object, fundamentally
-agreeing with Herschel’s, save only as regards the mass of bright
-nebulosity vainly looked for by Mr. Russell. The “swan-shaped” or
-“trident-like” structure was clean gone! That is to say, the matter
-composing it had ceased to be luminous. It should be added that Mr.
-Ranyard, whose special experience lent weight to his opinion, thought
-it unsafe to trust much to comparisons of drawings of such baffling
-objects, either among themselves or with photographs.
-
-Before leaving the Cape, Herschel witnessed an event testifying
-surprisingly to the _vitality_ of this nebula. In a condensed tract
-close to the dark “keyhole,” he was accustomed to see the bright star
-Eta Argûs. It gave no sign of being variable until, on December 16,
-1837, he perceived with amazement that it had, all at once, nearly
-tripled in brightness. After this sudden leap, it mounted gradually
-to the level of Alpha Centauri, then slowly declined. It just matched
-Aldebaran when Herschel lost sight of it in March, 1838. A second, and
-even more vigorous outburst was watched by Sir Thomas Maclear in 1843.
-It then overtopped every star except Sirius, and for seven subsequent
-years rivalled the splendour of Canopus. No notice was at first taken
-of its colour; but it was redder than Mars in 1850, and reddish it
-still remains, in its low estate of invisibility to the naked eye. But
-since bright lines of hydrogen show in its photographed spectrum, we
-may suspect that--
-
- “Even in its ashes live its former fires,”
-
-and that, consequently, its vicissitudes are not yet terminated. The
-instability of its character was virtually discovered at Feldhausen.
-Except by Burchell, the African traveller, no previous suspicion of
-it had been entertained; the numerous facts denoting that the star’s
-past behaviour had been abnormal were collected by Sir John Herschel
-after it had been caught _in flagrante delicto_. In his belief, it
-had no physical connection with, but was merely projected upon, the
-nebula. But since then the nebular relations of blazing stars have
-been strongly underlined. The mass of circumstantial evidence now
-accumulated on the point fully warrants the assertion that Eta Argûs
-makes an integral part of the formation it once illuminated.
-
-A cluster in the constellation of the Cross, unique in the varied and
-brilliant tints of its principal components, was compared by Herschel
-to “a gorgeous piece of fancy jewellery.” Within the space of 1/48th
-part of a square degree, he determined the places of no less than 110
-of them, referred to Kappa Crucis, a rosy orb round which they are
-irregularly scattered. The colour-effects in this beautiful ornament of
-the sky need large apertures for their full display.
-
-An object showing to the eye as a hazy star of the fourth magnitude
-was entitled by Bayer in 1603 Omega Centauri. Herschel’s twenty-foot
-disclosed it as “a noble globular cluster, beyond all comparison the
-richest and largest in the heavens.” Dr. Gill obtained an admirable
-photograph of it May 25, 1892. The stars composing it are literally
-countless. On a plate exposed for two hours at Arequipa, Mr. Solon I.
-Bailey reckoned nearly 6,400; yet he made no allowance for those “too
-faint and closely packed” to be perceptible except as a “mottled grey
-background between the distinct images.”
-
-Somewhat inferior to Omega Centauri in size, though not at all in
-beauty, is 47 Toucani. So obvious is it to the naked eye that, for
-several nights after his arrival in Peru, Humboldt took it for a comet.
-Central condensation in this cluster appeared to Herschel as if marked
-off into three distinct stages; and to his delighted perception the
-whole interior offered, by its roseate hue, an exquisite contrast to
-the silvery radiance of the outer portions. No other observer has,
-however, noticed this chromatic peculiarity. The structure of 47
-Toucani is almost perfectly uniform. It is broken by none of the “dark
-lanes,” rifts, or tunnels which so curiously diversify many globular
-clusters. The usual hirsute aspect lent by the spreading abroad of
-_tentacles_, or radiating stellar streams, is likewise scarcely
-distinguishable either in 47 Toucani or Omega Centauri. Indeed, Mr.
-Bailey noticed that the photographic images of both were all but
-perfectly circular. In a future age this may be otherwise. Streams of
-stars will, perhaps, set outward from these grand assemblages, leaving
-vacancies behind. Thus, if it be permissible to judge of the relative
-antiquity of clusters by their advance towards disruption, 47 Toucani
-and Omega Centauri may be reckoned among the youngest of the globular
-kind existing in the heavens.
-
-The mechanism of clusters has received little attention from any
-astronomer beside Herschel. And a solution of an ideal case of the
-problem it presented was the utmost he could achieve.
-
-“A quiescent spherical form,” he wrote in 1833, “may subsist as the
-bounding outline of an immense number of equal stars, uniformly
-distributed through its extent. In such a state of things each star
-might describe an ellipse in any plane, and in any direction in that
-plane, about the common centre without the possibility of collision.
-If the form be not spherical, and the distribution of the stars not
-homogeneous, the dynamical relations become too complicated to be
-distinctly apprehended.”
-
-But the more closely these aggregations are examined, the less likely
-does it seem that they in any sense represent “quiescent forms.” The
-arrangement of the stars composing them rather suggests their being
-outward bound into the ocean of surrounding space, although the orders
-that they carry are to us sealed.
-
-Herschel subsequently altered his views regarding the composition
-of clusters, and threw out in 1847 “the possibility of masses of
-luminous matter--of whatever density or rarity, of whatever bulk or
-minuteness--forming a connected system, and being prevented from
-collapse or from mutual interference by the resistance of a transparent
-and non-luminous medium.” For a “dynamical” he, in short, substituted
-a “statical equilibrium,” the interposed medium lending unity to the
-mixed aggregate, and enabling it to rotate, as a whole, upon an axis.
-But the rotation is more than questionable. It seems to be precluded
-by the ragged contours and indeterminate boundaries of all starry
-collections. Photographic evidence, on the other hand, favours Sir John
-Herschel’s surmise as to the composite nature of clusters. Some at
-least evidently unite within themselves the “two sidereal principles.”
-The stellar points they mainly consist of are immersed in, or linked
-together by, shining nebulous stuff.
-
-Herschel provided a southern sequel to his father’s star-gauging work
-by counting 70,000 stars in 2,300 fields. Their distribution was in
-complete accordance with the results of the earlier experiments.
-“Nothing can be more striking,” Sir John wrote, “than the gradual,
-but rapid increase of density on either side of the Milky Way as we
-approach its course.” The existence of an “ecliptic of the stars” (in
-Lambert’s almost prophetic phrase) was demonstrated. Or, as Herschel
-himself put it, the plane of the Galaxy “is to sidereal, what the
-ecliptic is to planetary astronomy, a plane of ultimate reference, the
-ground-plan of the sidereal system.” He estimated, from the basis of
-his gauge-reckonings, that his twenty-foot reflector was capable of
-showing, in both hemispheres, about five and a half million stars. The
-smallest of these would be of 14·5 magnitude, on the strict photometric
-scale. But, unless his valuation was greatly too small, there must
-be a conspicuous falling off in stellar density beyond the region of
-tenth or eleventh magnitude. If this be so, scarcely one-quarter of
-the expected stars will make their appearance on the plates of the
-International Survey.
-
-The grand feature of southern celestial scenery is the splendour of the
-Milky Way. One of the galactic condensations in Sagittarius actually
-seems to start out from the sky in a definite globular form; and the
-darkness of the great rift beginning near the Cross is so intensified
-by contrast with the strongly luminous branches it separates, as to
-throw the blackness of the exterior heavens _into the shade_. This
-part of the Milky Way may even be seen in southern latitudes--as it
-was by the present writer--reflected from a glassy ocean-surface. The
-section passing from Centaur through the Ship to Orion is, in some
-respects, still more striking. Captain Jacob remarked at Madras that
-“the general blaze from this portion of the sky is such as to render
-a person immediately aware of its having risen above the horizon,
-though he should not be at the time looking at the heavens.” Herschel
-commented on the singular interruptions of the shining zone by obscure
-spaces in Scorpio, near Alpha Centauri, and elsewhere; and admired
-the enhancement afforded to its magnificence by “a marvellous fringe
-of stars” attached pretty regularly to its southern border. “It is
-impossible,” he wrote to Sir William Hamilton in June, 1836, “to resist
-the conviction that the Milky Way is not a stratum, but a ring.”
-
-His telescopic analysis disclosed in it a variety and complexity of
-structure for which he was wholly unprepared. “Great cirrous masses
-and streaks” of galactic light presented themselves in Sagittarius;
-and, as the telescope moves, the appearance is that of clouds passing
-in a _scud_.” “The Milky Way,” he continued, “is like sand, not strewn
-evenly as with a sieve, but as if flung down by handfuls, and both
-hands at once, leaving dark intervals, and all consisting of stars
-of the lowest magnitudes,” down to nebulosity, in a most astonishing
-manner.” As he proceeded, the stars became “inconceivably numerous and
-minute. There must be millions on millions, and all most unequally
-massed together; yet they nowhere run to nuclei, or clusters much
-brighter in the middle.”
-
-In some regions, the formation proved unfathomable; all traces of
-stellar _texture_ disappeared. In others, it was plainly perceived to
-consist of portions differing exceedingly in distance, but brought by
-projection into nearly the same visual line. Near the Trifid Nebula,
-“we see foreshortened,” he said, “a vast and illimitable area scattered
-over with discontinuous masses and aggregates of stars, in the manner
-of the cumuli of a mackerel-sky, rather than of a stratum of regular
-thickness and homogeneous formation.”
-
-These varied observations compelled him to reject decisively Olbers’s
-hypothesis of light-extinction in space. For, if the possible range of
-ethereal messages be restricted in one direction, it must be equally
-restricted in all. “We are not at liberty,” he reasoned, “to argue that
-in one part of the circumference of the galaxy our view is limited by
-this sort of cosmical veil which extinguishes the smaller magnitudes,
-cuts off the nebulous light of distant masses, and closes our view in
-impenetrable darkness; while, at another, we are compelled, by the
-clearest evidence telescopes can afford, to believe that star-strewn
-spaces _lie open_, exhausting their powers and stretching out beyond
-their utmost reach.” These objections seem fatal to what we may
-call the “agnostic” theory of the sidereal world--the theory that
-investigations into its construction are for ever barred by failure
-of the means of communication--that we can never see more than a
-necessarily meaningless part of a possibly infinite, and, in any case,
-absolutely inscrutable whole.
-
-The general telescopic exploration of the Milky Way began and ended
-with the Herschels. Their great reflectors have been superseded by
-the photographic camera. This particular application of its versatile
-powers encountered special difficulties; but they were happily
-overcome by Professor Barnard in July, 1889. A six-inch portrait
-lens afforded the two chief requisites of a powerful light-grasp and
-an extensive field; and plates exposed with it for some three hours
-showed accordingly, for the first time, “in all their delicacy and
-beauty” (to quote Professor Barnard’s words), “the vast and wonderful
-cloud-forms, with their remarkable structure of lanes, holes, and black
-gaps, and sprays of stars, as no eye or telescope can ever hope to see
-them.” The work has since been continued by him and others, notably
-by Mr. Russell at Sydney, and by Professor Max Wolf at Heidelberg,
-so that the complete round of the “circling zone” will, before long,
-have its varied aspects permanently recorded. They frequently present
-strange and significant forms. Branching, leaf-like, spiral, elliptical
-structures abound; individual stars are disposed in circlets, streams,
-parallel rows, curves of sundry kinds. A “clustering power” of unknown
-nature is ubiquitously active; orderly development is in progress.
-A creative purpose can be _felt_, although it cannot be distinctly
-followed by the mind.
-
-Herschel’s “sweeps” in southern skies were continued until January,
-1838; but with frequent intermissions. He was ready for every
-interesting object that came in his way--comets among the rest.
-“Encke’s--_yours_,” he informed his aunt, October 24, 1835, “escaped me
-owing to trees and the Table Mountain, though I cut away a good gap in
-our principal oak avenue to get at it.” Four days later he caught sight
-of Halley’s comet at its second predicted return. But for the stellar
-aspect of this body his observations of it would have begun much
-earlier; for, in the absence of an exact ephemeris, it was impossible
-to pick it out from among the stars it long precisely counterfeited.
-“I am sure,” he said, “that I must often have swept with a night-glass
-over the very spot where it stood in the mornings before sunrise; and
-never was surprise greater than mine at seeing it riding high in the
-sky, broadly visible to the naked eye, when pointed out to me by a note
-from Mr. Maclear, who saw it with no less amazement on the 24th.”
-
-“This comet,” he wrote to Miss Herschel, March 8, 1836, “has been a
-great interruption to my sweeps, and I _hope_ and _fear_ it may yet
-be visible another month.” It lingered on just two. He watched with
-astonishment the changes it underwent. “Within the well-defined head,”
-he wrote in his “Cape Observations,” “and somewhat eccentrically
-placed, was seen a vividly luminous nucleus, or rather, an object
-which I know no better way to describe than by calling it a miniature
-comet, having a nucleus, head, and tail of its own, perfectly distinct,
-and considerably exceeding in intensity of light the nebulous disc or
-envelope.”
-
-This strangely organised body was a very Proteus for instability of
-form. It alternately lost and recovered its tail. It contracted into
-the likeness of a star, then dilated into a nebulous globe, which
-at last vanished as if through indefinite diffusion. The whole mass
-“seemed touched, seemed turned to finest air.” During one week at
-the end of January--it had passed perihelion November 16--Sir John
-estimated that the cometary Amœba had increased its bulk no less than
-forty times!
-
-The paraboloidal form characteristic of this comet and many others, was
-to him “inconceivable,” apart from the play of repulsive, in addition
-to attractive forces; and he suggested that high electrical excitement
-due to vaporisation, if of the same kind with a permanent charge on
-the sun, would plausibly account for the enigmatical appearances he
-had witnessed. From their close study at Königsberg, Bessel had
-already concluded “the emission of the tail to be a purely electrical
-phenomenon.”
-
-In March, 1836, Herschel attacked the subject of southern stellar
-photometry. Carrying further the “method of sequences,” he determined
-the relative brightness of nearly five hundred stars, which he disposed
-in order on a single descending scale, and linked on by careful
-comparisons to the northern stars, as they “lightened into view” on the
-homeward voyage. By the device of an “artificial standard star,” he was
-besides enabled to obtain numerical values for the lustre of each star
-examined, in terms of that of Alpha Centauri. Most important of all, he
-rectified the current system of magnitudes, and introduced a definite
-“light ratio,” which has since been extended, and more strictly
-defined, but not altered.
-
-His “astrometer” gave Herschel the means of _balancing_ the lustre of
-Alpha Centauri against full moonlight. The latter proved to be 27,500
-times more powerful. And Wollaston having determined the ratio of
-moonlight to sunlight at 1/800000 (corrected by Zöllner to 1/600000),
-it became feasible to compare the brightness of any particular star,
-_as we see it_, with the brightness of the sun. Alpha Centauri, for
-example, sends us, according to Herschel, 1/22 thousand millionth of
-the light we receive from our domestic luminary. Moreover, when the
-distance of the star came to be measured (it amounts to twenty-five
-billions of miles), _light received_ could at once be translated into
-_light emitted_. And the result has been to show that the components of
-this splendid binary are, taken together, four times more luminous than
-the sun. Through Sir John Herschel’s photometric researches, then, the
-real light-power of stars at known distances became an ascertainable
-quantity; and it is an element of great importance to astrophysical
-inquiries.
-
-On January 10, 1837, he wrote from Feldhausen to his brother-in-law:
-“I am now at work on the spots in the sun, and the general subject
-of solar radiation.” The sun was just then at an exceptionally high
-maximum of disturbance. Spots of enormous size frequently obscured
-its disc. One was estimated by Herschel, March 29, 1837, to cover,
-independently of others, an area of 3,780 millions of square miles. So
-that it considerably exceeded in dimensions the great spot-group of
-February, 1892, the largest ever photographed at Greenwich. The study
-of a series of such phenomena led him to propound the “cyclone-theory”
-of their origin. It marked a decided advance in solar physics, if
-only because it rested upon the fact--until then unaccountably
-overlooked--that spot-production is intimately connected with the
-sun’s rotation. He regarded it as a kind of disturbance incidental to
-a system of fluid circulation analogous to the terrestrial trade- and
-anti-trade winds. “The spots,” he said, “in this view of the subject
-would come to be assimilated to those regions on the earth’s surface
-where, for the moment, hurricanes and tornadoes prevail; the upper
-stratum being temporarily carried downwards, displacing by its impetus
-the two strata of luminous matter beneath, the upper of course to a
-greater extent than the lower, and thus wholly or partially denuding
-the opaque surface of the sun below.”
-
-But the fundamental cause of our atmosphere’s flow and counter-flow
-is absent in the sun. The earth is heated from the outside, and
-therefore unequally; hence the air rushes along, turning westward
-as it goes, from the chilly poles to the torrid zone of vertical
-sunshine. No reason is, however, apparent why the solar equator should
-be hotter than the solar poles. That adduced by Herschel is certainly
-inadequate. He supposed that, by a retention of heat at the equator due
-to the accumulation there, consequent upon his rotation, of the sun’s
-absorbing atmosphere, a difference of temperature might be maintained
-sufficient to keep the solar trade-winds blowing. But the effect is too
-slight to be detected. And, in fact, the main drift of the photospheric
-layers is along parallels of latitude. Polar and equatorial currents
-are insignificant and uncertain.
-
-Herschel and Pouillet contemporaneously, although at opposite sides
-of the globe, succeeded in 1837 in measuring the intensity of solar
-radiation. They were the first to apprehend the true bearings of the
-question, which in principle are simple enough. All that is required
-is to determine the heating effects, in a given time, of direct
-sunshine. Its despoilment by our air has, indeed, to be allowed for.
-Here the chief element of uncertainty comes in. Herschel put the loss
-at one-third the original thermal power of vertical rays; Pouillet
-pronounced it nearly one-half; Langley, using the most refined
-appliances, concludes it to be four-tenths. Striking an average between
-his own and the French results, Herschel calculated that, at the sun’s
-surface, a shell of ice forty feet thick would melt in one minute, the
-rate being reduced, at the distance of the earth, to an inch in two
-hours and twelve minutes. And it is now practically certain that this
-estimate was too small by about half its amount.
-
-By way of illustrating the effects obtained with his philosophical
-apparatus, he constructed a popular kind of actinometer, in the shape
-of an “American dispatch,” made of a few pieces of wood and two panes
-of glass, in which eggs were roasted, and beef-steaks broiled, by
-sun-heat alone. The viands thus _cosmically cooked_ were “eaten with no
-small relish by the entertained bystanders.”
-
-Mimas and Enceladus, Saturn’s innermost moons, had persistently eluded
-Herschel’s search for them in England; but, to his great delight, both
-favoured him at the Cape. His observations of them in 1835–6 were the
-first since his father’s time. The next detection of Mimas was by Mr.
-Lassell in 1846.
-
-The extent, variety, and completeness of the work done at Feldhausen
-strike one with ever-fresh admiration. It seems scarcely credible that
-so much was accomplished in four years by a single unaided individual.
-Herschel’s only assistant was an honest mechanic named John Stone,
-faithful, serviceable, in his way skilful, but not a “being” of the
-“quick as lightning” sort, imagined and realised by Caroline Herschel.
-It is related that during his observations of Halley’s comet, Sir John
-on one occasion fell asleep, and while he remained in this condition
-of peril (owing to the elevation and insecurity of his perch), Stone
-kept dutifully turning the telescope. At last the astronomer awoke,
-rubbed his eyes, looked down the great tube, saw nothing, rubbed his
-eyes again, and exclaimed, “Why, John, where’s the comet?” The comet
-had meantime set, and the telescope was duly directed towards its place
-behind Table Mountain!
-
-The splendid fulfilment of his astronomical tasks did not represent
-the whole of Herschel’s activity at the Cape. He collected a large
-store of tidal data for Dr. Whewell; started scientific meteorology;
-established a system of national education still working beneficially,
-and presided over the South African Literary and Scientific
-Institution, the members of which presented him with a gold medal on
-his departure. His visit made an epoch in the development of the Colony.
-
-To himself personally it was a time of intense enjoyment. His labours,
-arduous though they were, proceeded calmly, disembarrassed from
-jostling claims and counter-claims. They were carried on with absorbed
-enthusiasm, inspired in part by their sublime nature, in part by the
-excitement of novelty. His family throve and multiplied at Feldhausen.
-Sir Thomas Maclear’s friendship supplied unfailing social pleasure. An
-exhilarating climate, moreover, enchanting scenery, translucent skies,
-blossoming glens and hillsides worthy of Maeldune’s Isle of Flowers,
-contributed to render his southern sojourn a radiant episode. He wrote
-of it to Mr. Stewart as “the sunny spot in my whole life, where my
-memory will always love to bask.” But “the dream,” he added, “was too
-sweet not to be dashed by the dread of awakening.” The spell was broken
-when in the middle of March, 1838, he sailed in the _Windsor Castle_
-for England.
-
-The interest created by his romantic expedition spread to the other
-side of the Atlantic. A grotesque narrative, published in the _New
-York Sun_ for September, 1835, of lunar discoveries made at the Cape
-with the combined aid of the twenty-foot reflector and the Drummond
-limelight, was eagerly read and believed by thousands, was reprinted,
-re-circulated, and re-read. Nor were common gulls the only victims
-to the hoax. The truth of the story was gravely debated by the Paris
-Academy of Sciences.
-
-Herschel’s home-coming was a triumph. He was overwhelmed with applause
-and gratulation. His fellow-countrymen offered him what compensation
-they could for the disappearance from his horizon of the Southern
-Cross. He was created a baronet at the Queen’s Coronation, received
-an honorary degree of D.C.L. at Oxford in 1839, and was offered, but
-declined, reimbursement from the Treasury for the entire cost of his
-trip. He peremptorily refused as well to represent the University of
-Cambridge in Parliament, or to be nominated for the Presidentship of
-the Royal Society. His utmost desire was for a quiet and laborious
-life. A banquet, however, given in honour of his return, June 15,
-1838, could not be shunned; the less so that the celebration had a
-typical character. “In honouring a man,” Sir William Hamilton said, in
-proposing his health, “we honour science too.” For “the cultivators and
-lovers of Science have chosen Herschel for their chief--say, rather,
-have as such received him by inheritance.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX.
-
-LIFE AT COLLINGWOOD.
-
-
-Herschel’s career as an observing astronomer came to a virtual end with
-his departure from the Cape. He was then forty-six, two years younger
-than his father when he began his course of prodigious activity at
-Slough. Sir William’s craving to see and to know was insatiable; Sir
-John’s was appeased by the accomplishment of one grand enterprise. His
-was a many-sided mind; dormant interests of sundry kinds revived on the
-first opportunity; new ones sprang up; and curiosity to interrogate the
-skies ceased to “prick the sides of his intent.” So the instruments
-taken down at Feldhausen in 1838 were not remounted in England; and
-their owner is never again recorded to have used a telescope. One
-cannot but regret that, in the plenitude of his powers, and instructed
-by rare experience, he should have put by his weapons of discovery.[H]
-The immense stock of observations with which they had furnished him
-remained, it is true, in their primitive, rough-hewn state; and he may
-have considered that wise husbandry required him to save one harvest
-before planting another. This, at any rate, was the course that he
-pursued.
-
- [H] The three specula of the twenty-foot are in the possession
- of Sir William J. Herschel; the tube remains in good
- preservation at Collingwood.
-
-But it was often and in many ways interrupted. The demands on his
-time and thoughts were innumerable. Having settled his family
-for the season in London, he paid his third and last visit to his
-venerable aunt, and, in returning, dined with Dr. Olbers, the
-physician-astronomer of Bremen, then in his eightieth year. A fortnight
-later he was on his way to Newcastle, where the British Association
-met, August 20th. He was received with acclamation, but overwhelmed
-by scientific exactions. The proceedings were to him “a dreadful wear
-and tear,” and they left behind “mixed and crowded recollections.” No
-wonder. Besides acting as President of the Mathematical Section, he
-found himself involved in varied responsibilities. He was placed on a
-Committee for bringing down to date the places of Lacaille’s 10,000
-southern stars; on another for revising stellar nomenclature. The
-reduction of a body of meteorological observations made on a plan of
-his devising was entrusted to him; above all, he was charged with the
-development of Humboldt’s international scheme for securing systematic
-and world-wide observations on terrestrial magnetism. He drew up a
-memorial to the Government; compiled the Instructions for Sir James
-Clark Ross’s Antarctic expedition; and elaborately reported progress
-at several successive meetings of the British Association. His heart
-was in the work. He contributed an article dwelling on its importance
-to the _Quarterly Review_ for June, 1840; and in 1845 he expressed the
-opinion that “terrestrial physics form a subject every way worthy to be
-associated with astronomy as a matter of universal interest and public
-support.”
-
-The constellations gave him still more trouble than the vagaries of
-poised needles. They were in a riot of disorder. Celestial maps had
-become “a system of derangement and confusion”--of confusion “worse
-confounded.” New asterisms carved out of old existed precariously,
-recognised by some, ignored by others; waste places in the sky had
-been annexed by encroaching astronomers as standing-ground for their
-glorified telescopes, quadrants, sextants, clocks; a chemical apparatus
-had been set up by the shore of the river Eridanus, itself a meandering
-and uncomfortable figure; while serpents and dragons trailed their
-perplexing convolutions through hour after hour of right ascension.
-There were constellations so large that Greek, Roman, and Italic
-alphabets had been used up in designating the included stars; there
-were others separated by debatable districts, the stars in which often
-duplicated those situated within the authentic form of one of the
-neighbouring celestial monsters. Identification was thus in numberless
-cases difficult; in some, impossible.
-
-In conjunction with Francis Baily, Herschel undertook the almost
-hopeless task of rectifying this intolerable disorder. After much
-preliminary labour, he submitted to the Royal Astronomical Society,
-in 1841, a drastic scheme of constellational reform--a stellar
-redistribution-bill, framed on radical principles. Its alarming
-completeness, however, caused it to be let drop; and he finally
-proposed, in his report of 1844 to the British Association, a less
-ambitious but more practicable measure. Although not adopted in its
-entirety, it paved the way for ameliorations. The boundaries of
-the constellations have since been defined; interlopers have been
-ejected; one--the Ship Argo--especially obnoxious for its unwieldy
-dimensions, has been advantageously trisected. Nevertheless, individual
-star-nomenclature grows continually more perplexed; partial systems
-have become intermingled and entangled; double stars are designated in
-one way, variables in another, quick-moving stars in a third, red stars
-in a fourth, while any one of many catalogue-numbers may be substituted
-at choice; palpable blunders, unsettled discrepancies, anomalies of
-all imaginable kinds, survive in an inextricable web of arbitrary
-appellations, until it has come to pass that a star has often as many
-aliases as an accomplished swindler.
-
-In the spring of 1840 Herschel removed from Slough to Collingwood,
-a spacious country residence situated near Hawkhurst, in Kent. Here
-he devoted himself, in good earnest, to the preparation of his Cape
-results for the press. It was no light task. The transformation of
-simple registers of sweeps into a methodical catalogue is a long and
-irksome process; and Herschel was in possession of the “sweepings”
-of nearly four hundred nights. He executed it single-handed, being
-averse to the employment of paid computers. This was unfortunate.
-Monotonous drudgery was not at all in his line; as well put Pegasus
-between shafts. He had always found in himself “a great inaptitude”
-for numerical calculations; and he now acknowledged to Baily that
-attention to figures during two or three consecutive hours distressed
-him painfully. Whewell lamented in the _Quarterly Review_ the lavish
-expenditure of his time and energy upon “mere arithmetic”--computations
-which a machine would have been more competent to perform than a
-finely organised human brain. At last, however, in November, 1842, the
-necessary reductions were finished; and the letterpress to accompany
-the catalogues of double stars and nebulæ left his hands a couple of
-years later. The preparation of the plates occasioned further vexatious
-delays; and it was not until 1847 that the monumental work entitled
-“Results of Astronomical Observations at the Cape of Good Hope” issued
-from the press. The expenses of its production were generously defrayed
-by the Duke of Northumberland. In sending a copy to his aunt, then in
-her ninety-eighth year, he wrote: “You will have in your hands the
-completion of my father’s work--‘The Survey of the Nebulous Heavens.’”
-The publication was honoured with the Copley Medal by the Royal
-Society, and with a special testimonial by the Astronomical Society.
-
-Bessel, the eminent director of the Königsberg observatory, made
-Herschel’s personal acquaintance at the Manchester meeting of the
-British Association in 1842, and paid him a visit at Collingwood. The
-subject of a possible trans-Uranian planet was discussed between them.
-The German astronomer regarded its existence as certain, and disclosed
-the plot he had already formed for waylaying it on its remote path. The
-premonition stirred Herschel deeply. “There ought to be a hue and cry
-raised!” he exclaimed in a letter to Baily. And in resigning the Chair
-of the British Association, September 10, 1846, he spoke with full
-assurance of the still undiscovered body. “We see it,” he declared,
-“as Columbus saw America from the shores of Spain. Its movements have
-been felt, trembling along the far-reaching line of our analysis, with
-a certainty hardly inferior to that of ocular demonstration.” Within a
-fortnight, Neptune, through Le Verrier’s indications, was captured at
-Berlin.
-
-“I hope you agreed with me,” he wrote, November 19, 1846, to Sir
-William Hamilton, “that it is perfectly possible to do justice to
-Adams’s investigations without calling in question M. Le Verrier’s
-_property_ in his discovery. The fact is, I apprehend, that the
-Frenchmen are only just beginning to be aware _what a narrow escape Mr.
-Neptune had of being born an Englishman_. Poor Adams aimed at his bird,
-it appears, first, and as well as Le Verrier, but his gun hung fire,
-and the bird dropped on the other side of the fence!”
-
-It is well known that Le Verrier and Adams personally ignored
-controversy as to their respective claims to the planetary _spolia
-opima_. They were together at Collingwood in July, 1847, with Struve as
-their fellow-guest. During those few days King Arthur (in the person of
-Sir John Herschel) “sat in hall at old Caerleon.”
-
-He was elected President of the Royal Astronomical Society for the
-usual biennial term in 1828, 1840, and 1847; on the last occasion
-through the diplomatic action of Professor De Morgan. The Society
-was passing through a crisis; he apprehended its dissolution, and
-judged that it could only be saved by getting Herschel’s consent to
-become its nominal head. “The President,” he wrote to Captain Smyth,
-“must be a man of brass (practical astronomer)--a micrometer-monger,
-a telescope-twiddler, a star-stringer, a planet-poker, and a
-nebula-nabber. If we give bail that we won’t let him do anything if he
-would, we shall be able to have him, I hope. We must all give what is
-most wanted, and his name is even more wanted than his services. We can
-do without his services, not without loss, but without difficulty. I
-see we shall not, without great difficulty, dispense with his name.”
-
-And to Herschel himself: “We have been making our arrangements for
-the Society for the ensuing year; and one thing is that you are not
-to be asked to do anything, or wished to do anything, or wanted to do
-anything. But we want your _name_.” It was lent; and its credit seems
-to have had the desired effect.
-
-Dr. Whewell vainly tried to inveigle him, in November, 1838, into
-accepting the presidentship of the Geological Society; but he had to
-submit, in 1842, to be elected Rector of Marischal College, Aberdeen;
-and he consented to preside over the meeting of the British Association
-at Cambridge in June, 1845. His dignity on the occasion was not allowed
-to interfere with his usefulness. He wrote home June 22: “We have been
-on the Magnetic Committee working hard all the morning, in a Babel of
-languages and a Babylonian confusion of ideas, which crystallised into
-something like distinctness at last.” By that time the long-desired
-particulars regarding terrestrial magnetism were rapidly accumulating.
-_Facts_, as Herschel announced from the Presidential Chair, were
-plentifully at hand. “What we now want is _thought_, steadily directed
-to single objects, with a determination to avoid the besetting evil
-of our age--the temptation to squander and dilute it upon a thousand
-different lines of inquiry.”
-
-Herschel observed the great comet of 1843 from the roof of his house
-at Collingwood, on March 17, the first evening of its visibility in
-England. All that could be seen was “a perfectly straight narrow band
-of considerably bright, white cloud, thirty degrees in length, and
-about one and a half in breadth.” It was not until the following night
-that he recognised in this strange “luminous appearance” “the tail of
-a magnificent comet, whose head at the times of both observations was
-below the horizon.”
-
-In December, 1850, he was appointed Master of the Mint--a position
-rendered especially appropriate to him by Newton’s prior occupation of
-it. The duties connected with it were just then peculiarly onerous.
-Previously of a temporary and political character, the office now
-became permanent, and simply administrative. Many other changes
-accompanied this fundamental one. “The whole concern,” he said, “is in
-process of reorganisation.” This fresh start demanded much “personal
-and anxious attendance.” Notwithstanding his anxious regard for the
-interests of subordinates, the reconstruction could not but be attended
-by serious friction. No amount of oiling will get rusty wheels to
-revolve smoothly all at once. “Things progress rather _grumpily_,” he
-reported privately, “owing to the extreme discontent of some parties.”
-Further contentious business devolved upon him as a member of the
-jury on scientific instruments at the Great Exhibition. His time was
-fully and not agreeably occupied. Rising at six, he worked at home
-until half-past nine, then hurried to the Mint, which he exchanged
-between three and four o’clock for the Exhibition, and there, until the
-closing of its doors, examined the claims, and appeased the quarrels of
-rival candidates for distinction. He also sat on the Royal Commission
-appointed in 1850 to inquire into the University system. Its
-recommendations, agreed to by him in 1855, greatly disgusted Whewell;
-but their friendship remained unaltered by this discordance of opinion.
-
-These accumulated responsibilities were too much for Herschel’s
-sensitive nature; and the burthen was made heavier by a partial
-separation from his family. He was never alone in Harley Street, but
-the joyous life of Collingwood could not be transported thither;
-and the arid aspect of a vast metropolis, suggesting business and
-pleasure in excess, but little of enjoyment in either, oppressed him
-continually. His health suffered, and in 1855 he withdrew definitively
-into private life. His resignation of the Mint was most reluctantly
-accepted.
-
-“I find,” playfully remarked De Morgan, “that Newton and Herschel added
-each one coin to the list: Newton, the gold quarter-guinea, which was
-in circulation until towards the end of the century; Herschel, the gold
-quarter-sovereign, which was never circulated.”
-
-It was not the repose of inaction that Herschel sought at Collingwood.
-“Every day of his long and happy life,” Professor Tait said truly,
-“added its share to his scientific services.” Thenceforward he devoted
-himself chiefly to the formidable task of collecting and revising
-his father’s results and his own. His “General Catalogue of Nebulæ,”
-published in the _Philosophical Transactions_ for 1864, was in itself
-a vast undertaking. It comprised 5,079 nebulæ and clusters, to which
-it served as a universal index of reference. It averted the mischief
-of duplicate discoveries, settled the sidereal status of many a
-pseudo-comet, and quickly became the authoritative guide of both
-comet- and nebula-hunters. In the enlarged form given to it by Dr.
-Dreyer in 1888, it is likely long to hold its place. Herschel next, in
-1867, amalgamated into a regular catalogue of 812 entries his father’s
-various classed lists of double stars (Memoirs, Royal Astronomical
-Society, xxxv.). A far more comprehensive work was then taken in hand.
-He desired to do for double stars what he had done for nebulæ--to
-compile an exhaustive register of them in the shape of a catalogue,
-accompanied by a short descriptive account of each pair. But he was not
-destined to put this coping-stone to the noble monument erected by his
-genius. Strength failed him to digest and dispose the immense mass of
-materials he had collected. Nor was it possible for another to gather
-up the loose threads of his unfinished scheme. All that could be done
-was to preserve the imposing fragment as he left it. An ordered list
-of the 10,320 multiple stars he had proposed to treat was accordingly
-published in the fortieth volume of the same Society’s _Memoirs_ under
-the care of Professor Pritchard and Mr. Main. But it hardly possesses
-more than a commemorative value.
-
-Maria Edgeworth was an old friend of Sir John Herschel’s. In March,
-1831, she paid him a three days’ visit at Slough, which, she told a
-friend in Ireland, “has far surpassed my expectations, raised as they
-were, and warm from the fresh enthusiasm kindled by his last work” (the
-“Preliminary Discourse”). Mrs. Herschel she described as “very pretty,”
-sensible, and sympathetic, and possessed of the art of making guests
-happy without effort. On Sunday, after service, the philosopher showed
-off the dazzling colour-effects of polarised light, and at night,
-with the twenty-foot, “Saturn and his rings, and the moon and her
-volcanoes.”
-
-After twelve years, she came again, this time to Collingwood. “I should
-have written before,” Herschel assured Sir William Hamilton, December
-1st, 1843, “but Miss Edgeworth has been here, and that, among all
-people who know how to enjoy her, is always considered an excellent
-reason for letting correspondence and all other worldly things ‘gang
-their ain gate.’ She is more truly admirable now, I think, than at any
-former time, though in her seventy-fifth year.”
-
-Maria herself wrote from Collingwood in the following spring: “Here are
-Lord and Lady Adare, Sir Edward Ryan, and ‘Jones on Rent.’ Jones and
-Herschel are very fond of one another, always differing, but always
-agreeing to differ, like Malthus and Ricardo.”
-
-Sir William Hamilton spent a week under the same hospitable roof in
-1846. He was delighted, and, as was his wont, compressed the expression
-of his pleasure “within the Sonnet’s scanty plot of ground.” In the
-first of a pair entitled “Recollections of Collingwood,” he celebrated
-the “thoughtful walk” with his host, and the “social hours” in a family
-circle,
-
- “Where all things graceful in succession come;
- Bright blossoms growing on a lofty stalk,
- Music and fairy-lore in Herschel’s home.”[I]
-
- [I] The lines are quoted in Graves’s “Life of Hamilton,” vol.
- ii. p. 525.
-
-The second dealt with “high Mathesis,” and
-
- “dimly traced Pythagorean lore;
- A westward-floating, mystic dream of FOUR.”
-
-Although not, like his friend, an incorrigible and impenitent
-sonnetteer, Herschel was “very guilty” of at least one specimen of the
-art. They were staying together, in June, 1845, at Ely, in the house of
-Dean Peacock. Hamilton’s inevitable sonnet came duly forth, and “next
-morning,” he related to De Morgan, “as my bedroom adjoined Herschel’s,
-and thin partitions did my madness from his great wit divide, I easily
-heard what Burns might have called a ‘crooning,’ and was not much
-surprised (being familiar with the symptoms of the attack)[J] when,
-before we sat down to breakfast at the Deanery, Lady Herschel handed
-me, in her husband’s name and her own, a sonnet of _his_ to _me_,
-which, unless the spirit of egotism shall seize me with unexpected
-strength, I have no notion of letting you see.”
-
- [J] “Aut insanit, aut versos facit.”
-
-The circulation of Herschel’s fervid eulogy would assuredly have put
-his modesty to the blush. Headed “On a Scene in Ely Cathedral,” it runs
-as follows:--
-
- “The organ’s swell was hushed, but soft and low
- An echo, more than music, rang; when he,
- The doubly-gifted, poured forth whisperingly,
- High-wrought and rich, his heart’s exuberant flow
- Beneath that vast and vaulted canopy.
- Plunging anon into the fathomless sea
- Of thought, he dived where rarer treasures grow,
- Gems of an unsunned warmth and deeper glow.
- O born for either sphere! whose soul can thrill
- With all that Poesy has soft or bright,
- Or wield the sceptre of the sage at will
- (That mighty mace which bursts its way to light),
- Soar as thou wilt!--or plunge--thy ardent mind
- Darts on--but cannot leave our love behind.”
-
-Of Hamilton’s abstruse invention, the method of “Quaternions” (here
-alluded to), Herschel was, from the first, an enthusiastic admirer.
-He characterised it in 1847 as “a perfect cornucopia, from which, turn
-it on which side you will, something rich and valuable is sure to drop
-out.” The “power and pregnancy” of the new calculus were supremely
-delightful to him, and he advised every mathematician to gain mastery
-over it as a “working tool.” As such it has not yet been brought into
-ordinary use, yet it remains in the armoury of science, ready for
-emergencies.
-
-Miss Mitchell of Nantucket, the discoverer of a comet, and a professor
-of astronomy, published in 1889 (in the _Century_ magazine) her
-reminiscences of a short stay at Collingwood in 1858. Her host “was
-at that time sixty-six, but he looked much older, being lame and much
-bent in his figure. His mind, nevertheless, was full of vigour. He
-was engaged in re-writing the ‘Outlines of Astronomy.’” “Sir John’s
-forehead,” she says, “was bold but retreating; his mouth was very good.
-He was quick in motion and in speech. He was remarkably a gentleman;
-more like a woman in the instinctive perception of the wants and wishes
-of a guest.”
-
-“In the evening,” she relates, “we played with letters, putting out
-charades and riddles, and telling anecdotes, Sir John joining the
-family party and chatting away like the young people.” He propounded
-the question: If one human pair, living in the time of Cheops, had
-doubled, and their descendants likewise, once every thirty years, could
-the resulting population find room on the earth? The company thought
-not. “But if they stood closely, and others stood on their shoulders,
-man, woman, and child, how many layers would there be?” “Perhaps
-three,” replied Miss Mitchell. “How many feet of men?” he insisted.
-“Possibly thirty.” “Enough to reach to the moon,” said his daughter.
-“To the sun,” exclaimed another. “More, more!” cried Sir John, exulting
-in the general astonishment. “To Neptune,” was the next bid. “Now you
-burn,” he allowed. “_Take one hundred times the distance of Neptune,
-and it is very near._” “That,” he added, “is my way of whitewashing
-war, pestilence, and famine.”
-
-He further entertained his American guest with accounts of the
-paradoxical notions communicated to him by self-taught or would-be
-astronomers. One had inferred the non-existence of the moon from
-Herschel’s chapters on lunar physics and motions. Another enclosed
-half-a-crown for a horoscope. A third wrote, “Shall I marry, and have
-I seen her?” In reference to the efforts then being made to introduce
-decimal coinage into England, he remarked, “We stick to old ways, but
-we are not cemented to them.”
-
-The portrait of Caroline Herschel, painted by Tielemann in 1829,
-which she herself declared to “look like life itself,” hung in the
-drawing-room. (It is that reproduced in this volume.) “You would say in
-looking at it,” Miss Mitchell wrote, ‘she must have been handsome when
-she was young.’ Her ruffled cap shades a mild face, whose blue eyes
-were even then full of animation. But it was merely the beauty of age.”
-
-Herschel was no exception to the rule that astronomers love music
-and flowers. He was never tired of gardening, and--to quote James
-Nasmyth--“his mechanical and manipulative faculty enabled him to take a
-keen interest in all the technical arts which so materially aid in the
-progress of science.” The manufacture of specula naturally came home
-to him, and he watched with genuine pleasure Nasmyth’s grinding and
-polishing operations. He spent several days with him at Hammerfield in
-1864. “Of all the scientific men I have had the happiness of meeting,”
-Nasmyth wrote in his “Autobiography,” “Sir John stands supremely at
-the head of the list. He combined profound knowledge with perfect
-humility. He was simple, earnest, and companionable. He was entirely
-free from assumptions of superiority, and, still learning, would listen
-attentively to the humblest student. He was ready to counsel and
-instruct, as well as to receive information.”
-
-Herschel’s correspondence with De Morgan extended over nearly forty
-years, and became latterly of an intimate character. “Looking back on
-our long friendship,” he wrote to the widow shortly after De Morgan’s
-death in the spring of 1871, “I do not find a single point on which we
-failed to sympathise; and I recall many occasions on which his sound
-judgment and excellent feeling have sustained and encouraged me. Many
-and very distinct indications tell me that I shall not be long after
-him.”
-
-It fell out as he had predicted. The obituary memoirs of the two are
-printed close together in the Astronomical Society’s “Monthly Notices.”
-After a prolonged decline of strength, Sir John Herschel died at
-Collingwood, in his seventy-ninth year, May 5th, 1871, his intellect
-remaining unclouded to the last. He was buried in Westminster Abbey,
-near the grave of Newton. The words engraven above his resting-place,
-“Coelis exploratis, hic prope Newtonum requiescit,” tell what he did,
-and what he deserved.
-
-His death created an universal sense of sorrow and of loss. He left
-vacant a place which could never be filled. His powers, his qualities,
-and his opportunities made a combination impossible to be reproduced.
-His genius showed curious diversities from his father’s. He lacked
-his profound absorption, his penetrating insight, his unaccountable
-intuitions. A tendency to discursiveness, happily kept in check
-by strength of will and devotion to an elevated purpose, replaced
-in him his father’s enraptured concentration. On the other hand,
-his appreciative instinct for the recondite beauty of mathematical
-conceptions was wanting to his father. William Herschel possessed fine
-mathematical abilities; but he cultivated them no further than was
-necessary for the execution of his designs; and elementary geometry
-served his turn. But Sir John might have taken primary rank as a pure
-mathematician. Possibly his inventive faculty would have developed
-in that line more strongly than in any other. The grasp of his mind
-was indeed so wide that many possibilities of greatness were open
-to him. That he chose rightly the one to make effective, no one
-can doubt. The neglect on his part of astronomy would have been a
-scientific delinquency. His splendid patrimony of telescopic results
-and facilities was inalienable. It was a talent entrusted to him,
-which he had not the right to bury in the ground. He laboured with it
-instead to the last farthing. Not for his own glory. He aspired only
-to fill up, for the honour of his father’s name, the large measure of
-his achievements. In doing so he performed an unparalleled feat. He
-swept from pole to pole the entire surface of the hollow sphere of the
-sky. It is unlikely to be repeated. The days of celestial pioneering
-are past. Nothing on the scale of a general survey will in future
-be undertaken except with photographic help. The use of the direct
-telescopic method tends to become more and more restricted. This is
-a loss as well as a gain. A _hortus siccus_ is to a blooming garden
-very much what a collection of photographs is to the luminous flowers
-of the sky. They are depicted more completely, more significantly,
-more conveniently for purposes of investigation, than they can be
-seen; but the splendour of them is gone. Their direct contemplation
-has an elevating effect upon the mind, which indirect study, however
-diligent and instructive, is incapable of producing. The sublimity of
-the visions drawn from the abyss of space cannot be reasoned about. It
-strikes home to the spectator’s inner consciousness without waiting for
-the approval of his understanding. Thus to Herschel, no less expressly
-than to the Psalmist three thousand years earlier, “the heavens told
-the glory of God.” He lived at his telescope a life apart, full of
-incommunicable experiences.
-
-“To Herschel,” as Mr. Proctor expressed it, “astronomy was not a
-matter of right ascension and declination; of poising, clamping, and
-reading-off; of cataloguing and correcting.” “It was his peculiar
-privilege,” Dean Stanley remarked in his funeral sermon, “to combine
-with those more special studies such a width of view and such a power
-of expression as to make him an interpreter, a poet of science, even
-beyond his immediate sphere.” Hence the popularity of his books, and
-the favoured place he occupied in public esteem.
-
-His character was of a more delicate fibre than his father’s. It was
-also, by necessary consequence, less robust. Sir William Herschel
-surmounted adversity. Sir John would have endured it, had his lot been
-so appointed. But it never came his way. He was one of those rarest of
-rare individuals--
-
- “Whose even thread the Fates spin round and full,
- Out of their choicest and their whitest wool.”
-
-His life was a tissue of felicities. For him there was no weary
-waiting, no heart-sickening disappointment, no vicissitudes of
-fortune, no mental or moral tempests. Success attended each one of
-his efforts; he could look back without regret; he could look forward
-with confident hope; his family relations brought him unalloyed
-happiness. He suffered, indeed, one bereavement in the untimely death
-of his daughter, Mrs. Marshall, the wife of a nephew of Dr. Whewell;
-but Christian resignation sweetened his sorrow. His religion was
-unpretending and efficacious. No duty was left by him unfulfilled; and
-he wore, from youth to age, “the white flower of a blameless life.”
-A discriminating onlooker said of him, that his existence “was full
-of the serenity of the sage and the docile innocence of a child.”
-He was retiring almost to a fault, careless of applause, candid
-in accepting criticism. Although habitually indulgent, he was no
-flatterer, “Anyone,” Mr. Proctor said, “who objected to be set right
-when in error, might well be disposed to regard Sir John Herschel as
-a merciless correspondent, notwithstanding the calm courtesy of his
-remarks. He set truth in the first place, and by comparison with her,
-neither his own opinions, nor those of others, were permitted to have
-any weight whatever.” Beginners invariably met with his sympathy and
-encouragement. He felt for difficulties which he himself had never
-experienced.
-
-Being thus constituted, he could not but inspire affection. The French
-physicist, Biot, when asked by Dr. Pritchard, after the death of
-Laplace, who, in his opinion, was his worthiest successor, replied,
-“If I did not love him so much, I should unhesitatingly say, John
-Herschel.” His own attachments were warm and constant; and the few
-scientific controversies in which he engaged, were carried on with his
-habitual gentleness and urbanity.
-
-Herschel left eight daughters and three sons, of whom the eldest, Sir
-William James Herschel, succeeded him in the baronetcy, while the
-second, Professor Alexander Stewart Herschel, has earned celebrity
-by his meteoric researches. The election of the third, Colonel John
-Herschel, to a Fellowship of the Royal Society, in recognition of his
-spectroscopic examination of southern nebulæ, threw a gleam of joy over
-his father’s deathbed. Lady Herschel survived her husband upwards of
-thirteen years.
-
-The learned societies of Europe vied with each other in enrolling
-the name of Sir John Herschel; and he was nominated, in 1855, on the
-death of Gauss, one of the eight foreign members of the French Academy
-of Science. As we have seen, he received the Copley Medal from the
-Royal Society twice, their Royal Medal thrice, and from the Royal
-Astronomical Society, two Gold Medals and a testimonial. Compliments
-and homage, however, left him as they found him--quiet, intent, and
-unobtrusive.
-
-Several portraits of him are in existence. One was executed in oils
-by Pickersgill for St. John’s College, Cambridge, at a comparatively
-early period of his life. It is here (page 142) reproduced from an
-admirable engraving. His later aspect is finely represented in a
-painting by his eldest daughter, Lady Gordon. The eyes in it are
-sunken, though brilliant; the shape of the head is concealed by a
-mane of grey hair. There is about it something of leonine grandeur,
-disjointed from leonine fierceness. It perpetuates, indeed, the
-countenance of a man replete with human tenderness.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X.
-
-WRITINGS AND EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATIONS.
-
-
-Could the whole of Sir John Herschel’s astronomical career be
-obliterated, and the whole of his contributions to pure mathematics be
-forgotten, he would still merit celebrity as a physicist. Experimental
-optics, above all, engaged his attention. “Light,” he himself said,
-“was his first love,” and he was never wholly forgetful of it. In 1830
-he described himself as “forcibly drawn aside from his optical studies”
-by the claims of nebulæ and double stars. How strong he felt those
-claims to be, can best be understood by considering the firmness with
-which he averted his mind, out of regard to them, from the intricate
-and bewitching subject of his early devotion.
-
-“I understand from Peacock,” Dr. Whewell wrote to him, June 19, 1818,
-“that you are untwisting light like whipcord, examining every ray that
-passes within half a mile, and putting the awful question, ‘Polarised,
-or not polarised?’ to thousands that were never before suspected of any
-intention but that of moving in a straight line.” These interrogatories
-brought out a remarkable diversity in the action upon light of quartz,
-and other similar substances, corresponding with the two different
-modes of crystallisation belonging to each of them. Here, in Lord
-Kelvin’s phrase, is “one of the most notable meeting-places between
-natural history and natural philosophy.”
-
-The nascent science of spectrum analysis was materially promoted by
-Herschel. He noticed in 1819 the distinctive light-absorbing qualities
-of coloured media, studied the spectra of various flames, adverted
-to the definiteness and individuality of the bright lines composing
-them, and recommended their employment for purposes of chemical
-identification.
-
-A year later, he developed and modified Brewster’s explanation of the
-colours of mother-of-pearl. They do not, like the iridescence of a
-fly’s wing, result from the interference of waves of light reflected
-from two closely adjacent surfaces, but from interference brought about
-by the finely striated texture of the shell’s surface, and a cast of
-the rainbow-tinted surface in black sealing-wax will display the same
-sheen of colour as the original. Herschel detected, however, a second
-more closely striated structure which cannot be impressed upon plastic
-matter.
-
-Up to this time he accepted unreservedly the emission theory of
-light. But a candid study of Young’s and Fresnel’s writings produced
-a fundamental change in his opinions; and in an article on “Light,”
-written for the “Encyclopædia Metropolitana” in 1827, he expounded
-the undulatory theory with all the ardour of a neophyte. He brought
-thereby one of the grandest generalisations of science into universal
-currency, and enforced its acceptance by the cogency of his
-arguments, the logical order of his method, and the lucidity of his
-style. The treatise was translated into French by Quetelet; and no
-reader, Professor Pritchard remarked, “could escape the charm of the
-half-suppressed enthusiasm which carried him along.”
-
-Whewell ranked him “among the _very_ small number of those who, in the
-singularly splendid and striking researches of physical optics, had
-both added important experimental laws to those previously known, and
-weighed the relations of these discoveries to the refined and recondite
-theory towards which they seemed to point.” He contributed to the
-same Encyclopædia scarcely less brilliant essays on Heat, Sound, and
-Physical Astronomy.
-
-“Do not observe too much in cold weather,” Miss Herschel advised her
-nephew, in anticipation of the winter of 1831–2; “write rather books to
-make folks stare at your profound knowledge.”
-
-He followed the positive part of her counsel. Indeed, his “Preliminary
-Discourse on the Study of Natural Philosophy” had made its appearance
-in the previous year, as the introductory volume to Lardner’s “Cabinet
-Cyclopædia.” It was greeted with a chorus of approbation. Gauss
-reviewed it in the _Gelehrte Anzeigen_, Whewell in the _Quarterly
-Review_. Translated into French, German, and Italian, it delighted
-“all sorts and conditions” of readers with the justice and breadth of
-the views set forth in it agreeably, easily, and without pretension
-to superiority. The book included a survey of the actual state
-of scientific knowledge, and a philosophy of its augmentation.
-Students derived from it, Gauss remarked, both information as to how
-accepted results had been obtained, and guidance for their personal
-investigations. Herschel was exceptionally qualified, Whewell wrote,
-“to expound the rules and doctrines of that method of research to which
-modern science has owed its long-continued, steady advance, and present
-flourishing condition.” He had the knowledge, without the narrowness,
-of a specialist in almost every department of experimental physics.
-“With singular alacrity,” he came to the front wherever there seemed a
-chance of pushing back the barriers of ignorance. A disciple of Bacon,
-he had the advantage over his master of being habitually conversant
-with the practical working of inductive methods. The treatise was
-styled by Whewell “an admirable comment on the ‘Novum Organum.’” One,
-however, possesses the indefinable quality of _greatness_; it stands
-out from the centuries a solid structure, clothed with visionary
-magnificence; the other is elegant, attractive, wise, acute, even
-profound, but not in any degree, or from any point of view, _great_.
-
-It was followed, in 1833, by “A Treatise on Astronomy,” published in
-the same series. An “Edinburgh Reviewer” (doubtless Brougham once more)
-perused it with regret. “The proper position of Sir John Herschel” he
-considered to be “at the head of those who are nobly, though it may
-be silently and without notice, endeavouring to extend the present
-limits of human knowledge,” rather than among “the ranks of those whose
-office it is to herald the triumphs of science, and point out its
-treasures and results to the admiration of the vulgar.” This ostensibly
-flattering estimate was made the basis for an imputation of vanity. The
-inducements, according to the critic, were strong “to descend from the
-airy summits of abstract science to the level at which the great body
-of the reading public can appreciate and applaud. Philosophers, like
-other writers, naturally wish to be read, and to have reputation; and
-reputation, as was remarked by d’Alembert, depends more upon the number
-than the merit of those who praise.” Sir John Herschel would have been
-better employed in pursuing the track of original discoveries, leaving
-new truths to “find their way to the drawing-room as best they might.”
-The whole tenour of his life refuted these insinuations.
-
-The “Treatise on Astronomy” was enlarged in 1849 into the deservedly
-famous “Outlines of Astronomy.” Twelve editions of this book were
-published, the last in 1873; it was translated into Chinese and Arabic,
-as well as into most European languages, including Russian; it made a
-profound and lasting impression upon the public mind. No science has
-perhaps ever received so masterly a general interpretation. Methodical
-in plan, inspiriting in execution, it demands readers willing to share
-some part of the pains, for the sake of partaking in the high pleasures
-of the writer. For it is popular in the sense of eschewing mathematical
-formulæ, not in the sense of evading difficulties.
-
-The work fittest to be set by its side is the “Exposition du Système
-du Monde.” But Laplace restricted his view to the sun’s domain, while
-Herschel excluded from his no part of the sidereal universe. Laplace
-was, besides, a geometer in the first, an astronomer only in the second
-place. The movements of the heavenly bodies interested him because
-they afforded opportunities for analytical triumphs. Their intricacy
-notwithstanding, he was elated to find that they could not baffle his
-ingenuity in constructing formulæ to correspond. Their balance, their
-harmony, their obedience to a single and simple law, gratified the
-orderly instincts of his powerful yet frigid mind. Where he could not
-explain, however, he did not admire. Mystery had no attraction for
-him. Knowledge, to _be_ knowledge in his eyes, should have definite,
-clear-cut outlines. His scheme of the universe was like the map of the
-world laid down by Hecatæus, neatly finished off with a circumfluent
-ocean-stream; it included no intimations of a _beyond_. Herschel’s, on
-the contrary, might be compared to the map of Herodotus, in which some
-details were filled in, while the external boundary had been abolished.
-The most essential part of the progress made in the interval consisted
-in leaving verge and scope for the unknown. Next to nothing remained
-to be learned of the heavens, as they presented themselves to the
-author of the “Mécanique Céleste”; while Herschel saw everywhere only
-beginnings, possibilities of discovery, and dim prospects of “ultimate
-attainments,” as to the realisation of which “it would be unwise to be
-sanguine, and unphilosophical to despair” (Playfair). At the head of
-very many of his chapters he might, without presumption, have written:
-“Quorum pars magna fui.” They gave largely the results of his personal
-investigations, and were vivified by immediate acquaintanceship
-with the objects described. Hence the unsought picturesqueness of
-his descriptive epithets, and the sublimity of trains of thought
-communicated to him direct from the unveiled heavens.
-
-Herschel invented in 1825, jointly with Babbage, the “astatic,” or
-neutralised magnetic needle--a little instrument which was no sooner
-available than it was found to be indispensable. “Nihil tetigit
-quod non ornavit.” And many and various were the things touched by
-his versatile genius. He had a narrow escape of becoming for life a
-chemist. At the very outset of his career he applied for the vacant
-chair of that science at Cambridge; but was left, as he himself
-humorously expressed it, “in a glorious minority of one.” The chemical
-inquiries, nevertheless, which he carried on at Slough brought to
-his notice one set of relations of no trifling importance. This was
-the solvent effect upon salts of silver of the hyposulphites of soda,
-potash, etc. The discovery was turned to account by himself in 1840
-for the “fixing” of photographic images. It secured the future of the
-embryo art. By the agency of hyposulphite of soda in washing away the
-unaffected chloride of silver, while leaving untouched the parts of the
-deposit decomposed and darkened by exposure, permanent light-pictures,
-capable of indefinite multiplication, were at length secured.
-
-On March 14th, 1839, unaware that he had been anticipated by Fox
-Talbot, Herschel presented to the Royal Society twenty-three prints
-made by the sensitised paper process. A memoir communicated in 1840
-was full of suggestive novelties. In it he described experiments on
-“the chemical analysis of the solar spectrum,” pointing out that the
-character and amount of the action exercised by the various rays
-depend mainly upon the nature of the substance acted upon. He made
-a start, too, with spectral photography, and his detection of the
-“lavender-grey” effect to the eye of the ultra-violet section might
-be said to have added a new note to the prismatic gamut. In the
-opposite, or infra-red end, by simply letting the solar spectrum fall
-upon a strip of paper moistened with alcohol, he detected, through the
-different rates of drying where they fell, some of the “cold bands,”
-by which the invisible heat-rays are furrowed. The photo-spectroscopic
-apparatus devised for the purpose of these researches formed part
-of the Loan Collection of Scientific Instruments exhibited at South
-Kensington in 1876.
-
-Still more essential was the improvement of substituting for paper,
-glass plates spread with a sensitive film. A photograph of the old
-forty-foot telescope, taken by this method in 1839, and preserved in
-the South Kensington Museum, is of unrivalled antiquarian value as
-regards the history of photography. The terms “positive” and “negative”
-received in this remarkable paper their now familiar photographic
-meaning. Its merits were acknowledged in 1840 by the award of a Royal
-Medal.
-
-Sir John Herschel would, doubtless, at that time have set aside as
-a chimera the notion that the art he was engaged in promoting was
-destined, in large measure, to supersede visual methods in astronomy;
-that the great telescopes of the future would find their most useful
-employment in concentrating the rays of celestial objects upon
-sensitive plates. He soon perceived, however, the importance of
-photography as an adjunct to direct observation, and recommended,
-in 1847, the automatic self-registration of sun-spots. This
-hint--emphasised in 1848--was acted upon in 1858, when the regular
-collection of documentary evidence as to the sun’s condition was begun
-at Kew with De la Rue’s “photoheliograph.”
-
-In 1845 he published the first effective investigation of
-“fluorescence,” called by him “epipolic,” or superficial, “dispersion.”
-This curious phenomenon consists in the illumination to the eye of
-certain substances, such as sulphate of quinine and canary glass,
-under the play of _invisible_ light. Sir George Stokes showed in 1852
-that the impinging rays have their undulations actually lengthened by
-the action of such kinds of matter, so as to become degraded in the
-spectrum, and thus brought within the range of vision.
-
-The Herschelian theory of the sun was adopted, and long retained by
-Sir John. He believed in a cool, solid interior globe sheltered by
-a succession of aërial envelopes, rent, locally and temporarily,
-by tornadoes of fire. The presence of inhabitants on the globe so
-circumstanced was credible to him, although he abstained from dwelling
-upon the advantages of their state. He carefully followed, however, the
-progress of solar science, and in 1864 explained his altered views in
-the _Quarterly Journal of Science_. He now regarded the sun as a wholly
-gaseous mass--a conclusion in which he was anticipated only by Father
-Secchi. He added that it must be largely composed of matter kept in an
-intermediate condition between liquid and vaporous by “high temperature
-and enormous pressure.” The spot-period, he suggested, might be that of
-a revolving meteoric ring with condensations.
-
-He was vividly interested in the “willow-leaf” controversy, raised in
-1862 by Nasmyth’s misinterpreted observations. The objects seen were
-simply Sir William Herschel’s “nodules”--the luminous elements of the
-sun, held by Sir John in 1867 “to be permanently solid matter, having
-that sort of fibrous or filamentous structure which fits them, when
-juxtaposed by drifting about, and jostling one against another, to
-collect in flocks as _flue_ does in a room.” He concluded with the
-remarkable assertion that the sun has no real surface, “the density
-diminishing from that below the photosphere to _nil_ in the higher
-regions, where the pressure is _nil_.”
-
-Herschel’s “Cape Observations” stands alone in astronomical literature
-for the wide and permanent interest of its contents. They are
-exceedingly various. Chapters on Halley’s Comet, on Sun-spots, the
-Satellites of Saturn, Astrometry, the Constitution of the Southern
-Galaxy, are associated with discussions on the nature and distribution
-of nebulæ, with monographs of two, and incidental notes on many of
-these enigmatical objects. The volume is illustrated with over sixty
-beautiful steel engravings of nebulæ and clusters, of sun-spots, and of
-the comet.
-
-The speculations it includes regarding the nature of nebulæ, deserve
-even now to be remembered. Sir John was, at the outset, an unwavering
-adherent of the theory developed by his father in 1811. They were
-composed, he held in 1825, of a “self-luminous; or phosphorescent
-material substance, in a highly dilated or gaseous state, but gradually
-subsiding, by the mutual gravitation of its molecules, into stars
-and sidereal systems.” His personal experience, however, ran counter
-to this view. In 1833 he had become convinced that a nebula is, in
-general, “nothing more than a cluster of discrete stars.”
-
-The successful resolution into stars, with the great Parsonstown
-specula, of many nebulæ until then called irresolvable, carried him
-still further in the same direction. To him, as to other thinkers,
-the presence in space of a self-luminous cosmic fluid became more
-than doubtful. In his Presidential Address to the British Association
-in 1845, he dwelt with enthusiasm on the completion of the Rosse
-reflector--“an achievement of such magnitude, that I want words to
-express my admiration of it.” He regarded “as one of the grand fields
-open for discovery with such an instrument, those marvellous and
-mysterious bodies, or systems of bodies, the nebulæ.” Their frequent
-resolution, actual or indicated, with increased optical power, led
-him to attribute recalcitrance in this respect to the smallness and
-closeness of the stars of which they consist; he held them, in short,
-to be “optically, and not physically, nebulous.”
-
-A new consideration was thus introduced into discussions on nebulæ. The
-whole burthen of accounting for their varieties in telescopic aspect
-need no longer be thrown upon differences of remoteness; diversities
-in the size and closeness of nebular _molecules_ would answer the same
-purpose. So that pulverulent agglomerations, it was thought, might pass
-by insensible gradations into collections of truly sun-like bodies. All
-distinction between nebulæ and clusters was then abolished, the members
-of both classes consisting, like the sun’s photosphere, of shining
-granules, supported in an obscure medium, varying in real magnitude
-from _floccules_ to great globes, while each vast compound body rotated
-_en masse_ on an axis. Whatever the merits of this scheme, it at least
-harmonises with the now prevalent opinion that nebulæ and clusters
-belong to one unbroken cosmical series. “They are divided,” Mr. Cowper
-Ranyard wrote in 1893, “by no hard and fast line. The larger nebulæ may
-be described as groups of stars surrounded by bright nebulosity, and
-star-clusters as groups of stars surrounded by faint nebulosity.”
-
-Herschel’s assimilation of nebulæ to clusters was not meant to apply
-to “those extraordinary objects resembling the wisps and curls of a
-cirrous cloud,” which confront the astronomer in Orion, Argo, and
-elsewhere. “The wildest imagination,” he said, “can conceive nothing
-more capricious than their forms. With their resolution,” he averred,
-“and that of elliptic nebulæ, the idea of a nebulous matter, in the
-nature of a shining fluid or condensible gas, would cease to derive
-any support from observation.” He, in fact, discarded it absolutely on
-the deceptive analysis into stars at Parsonstown and Harvard College
-of the Orion and Andromeda nebulæ. The discredited hypothesis was
-nevertheless triumphantly reinstated by Dr. Huggins’s spectroscopic
-observations in 1864.
-
-One-third of the whole nebular contents of the heavens Herschel found
-to be collected into a broad, irregular patch, the central point of
-which in Virgo coincides almost precisely with the northern pole of
-the Milky Way. He compared it to a canopy surmounting the galactic
-zone. In the other hemisphere the arrangement, although less distinctly
-characterised, is on the same general plan. Plainly, then, nebular
-distribution has an opposite correspondence with stellar distribution,
-and the two partial systems are complementary one to another, Herschel,
-however, contented himself with the somewhat ambiguous statement that
-“the nebulous system is distinct from the sidereal, though involving
-and, to a certain extent, intermixed with it.”
-
-His verdict as to the ground-plan of the sidereal edifice might be
-summed up in the phrase, “Not a stratum, but an annulus,” our own
-situation being in a relatively vacant interior space. Hence, the sun
-belongs, not to the Milky Way proper--as it should on the stratum
-theory--but to the system of which the Milky Way forms part. This
-conclusion was in itself a distinct advance towards the solution of an
-exorbitantly difficult problem. The grand question as to the remoteness
-of the star-clouds in that gleaming sky-girdle was definitely raised
-by it; and the question is not, in the nature of things, unanswerable.
-Herschel’s annulus was not a neat structure with a cylindrical
-section, but “a flat ring, or some other re-entering form of immense
-and irregular breadth and thickness.” It is cloven over one-third of
-its circumference; it is interrupted by huge chasms; it is bent, and
-shattered and broken, and probably set with tentacular appendages,
-giving rise, by their foreshortening, to very complex visual effects.
-All of which modifying circumstances Herschel implicitly recognised.
-He was the first to gather any direct intimations of the existence
-of that “solar cluster” which, guessed at by the elder Herschel, has
-of late assumed a sort of elusive reality. A zone of bright stars,
-including those of Orion, Canis Major, the Ship, the Cross, and the
-Centaur, struck him at once as a conspicuous feature in the scenery of
-the southern heavens. Its aspect led him to “suspect that our nearest
-neighbours in the sidereal system form part of a subordinate sheet, or
-stratum,” inclined at an angle of twenty degrees to the plane of the
-Milky Way. To Dr. Gould at Cordoba, in 1879, “few celestial phenomena”
-appeared “more palpable” than this projected star-belt; and, since
-it traces out a great circle on the sphere, the sun must be placed
-within it, and pretty accurately in its plane; yet the difficulty
-of associating it intimately with our particular star seems all but
-insurmountable.
-
-Herschel’s minor and occasional writings were neither few nor
-unimportant. He contributed articles on “Isoperimetrical Problems”
-and “Mathematics” to Brewster’s _Edinburgh Cyclopædia_, and on
-“Meteorology,” “Physical Geography,” and “The Telescope,” to the
-eighth edition of the _Encyclopædia Britannica_. These last were
-printed separately as well. He edited in 1849 the Admiralty “Manual
-of Scientific Inquiry,” and criticised in the _Edinburgh_ and
-_Quarterly Reviews_ Mrs. Somerville’s “Mechanism of the Heavens,”
-Whewell’s “History of the Inductive Sciences,” Humboldt’s “Kosmos,”
-and Quetelet’s “Theory of Probabilities.” His addresses as President
-of the Royal Astronomical Society were models of their kind, and the
-same might be said of his memoirs of Baily and Bessel in the “Monthly
-Notices.” Most of them were collected in 1857, with his review
-articles, into a volume of “Essays;” and his attractive “Familiar
-Lectures on Scientific Subjects,” published in 1867, gave permanence to
-some popular discourses delivered in the school-house of Hawkhurst, as
-well as to articles from _Good Words_ on Light and other subjects. No
-less than 152 papers by him are included in scientific repertories.
-
-He had a considerable faculty for translating poetry, and its exercise
-made one of his favourite recreations. Having adopted the literal
-theory of the art, he kept strictly to the original metres, and thus
-fettered, got over the ground with more grace and ease than might have
-been expected. His first attempt with English hexameters was in a
-version of Schiller’s “Walk,” privately printed in 1842. He had come
-to love the poem through its association in his mind with a favourite
-stroll up the side of Table Mountain; and a translation of it in the
-_Edinburgh Review_ leaving, as he thought, something to be desired,
-he tried his hand, and distributed the result “among his friends as
-his Christmas sugar plum.” The various acknowledgments made an amusing
-collection. One lady said that she “found it difficult to get into the
-_step_ of the _Walk_.” Another correspondent declared that the _Walk_
-had got into a _Run_ through ceaseless borrowing. A third qualified his
-encomium upon the ideas by adding, “To the _verse_ I am _averse_.”
-Joanna Baillie, however, and her sister were delighted with both the
-substance and form of the poem, and it was included among Whewell’s
-“English Hexameter Translations” in 1847.
-
-His success encouraged him, after twenty years, to undertake an
-indefinitely more difficult task. Pope’s Iliad he described happily as
-“a magnificent adumbration” of the original; but he aimed rather at
-producing a “fac-simile,” in
-
- “Hexameters no worse than daring Germany gave us.”
-
-His version should come as near as he could bring it to a photograph
-of a grand piece of architecture; and as a measure of its fidelity, he
-printed in italics all the words _not_ in the text. Whewell remarked
-that it was “curious to see how few he had managed to make them,” and
-preferred his translation to any other with which he was acquainted.
-But English hexameters were a hobby of the Master of Trinity, who
-accordingly viewed with partiality what Tennyson called the “burlesque
-barbarous experiment” of thus lamely rendering “the strong-wing’d music
-of Homer.”
-
-De Morgan, too, was one of the “averse.” “Many thanks for the
-hexameters,” he wrote, on receiving an instalment of the Collingwood
-Iliad; “they are as good as they can be, but all the logic in the
-world does not make me feel them to be English metre, and they give
-satisfaction only by reminding one of the Greek: just as, mark you,
-a flute-player--which I have been these forty-five years--only plays
-Haydn and Mozart because he has the assistance of the orchestral
-accompaniment which arises in his head with the melody. The hexameter,
-it is clear, does not fix itself in the popular mind. The popular mind
-knows neither quantity nor accent, but that which is to last bites its
-own way in, without any effort.”
-
-Yet Herschel’s translation is not without merit. It is disfigured
-neither by affectation nor by magniloquence, and it catches here and
-there something of the greatness of the unapproached original. Let us
-take two specimens; this from the “Shield of Achilles”:--
-
- “There he depicted the earth, and the canopied sky, and the ocean;
- There the unwearied sun, and the full-orb’d moon in their courses.
- All the configured stars, which gem the circuit of heaven,
- Pleiads and Hyads were there, and the giant force of Orion.
- There the revolving Bear, which the Wain they call, was
- ensculptured,
- Circling on high, and in all its course regarding Orion;
- Sole of the starry train which refuses to bathe in the Ocean.”
-
-The next likewise appeals to the astronomer. It is the famous simile
-from the end of the Eighth Book:--
-
- “As when around the glowing moon resplendent in ether,
- Shines forth the heavenly host, and the air reposes in stillness;
- Gleams every pointed rock, stands forth each buttress in prospect;
- Shimmers each woodland vale; and from realms of unspeakable glory
- Op’ning, the stars are revealed; and the heart of the shepherd
- rejoices.
- Such, and so many the fires, by the Trojans kindled, illumined
- Eddying Xanthus’ stream, and the ships, and the walls of the city.”
-
-Sir John Herschel corresponded with Mr. Proctor, during the last two
-years of his life, on the subject of sidereal construction; and his
-replies to the arguments put before him show that his mind retained,
-even then, its openness and flexibility. He had none of the contempt
-for speculative excursions which sometimes walls up the thinking-powers
-of observers. “In the midst of so much darkness,” he held that “we
-ought to open our eyes as wide as possible to any glimpse of light,
-and utilise whatever twilight may be accorded us, to make out, though
-but indistinctly, the forms that surround us.” “_Hypotheses fingo_ in
-this style of our knowledge,” he went on, “is quite as good a motto
-as Newton’s _non fingo_--provided always they be not hypotheses as to
-modes of physical action for which experience gives no warrant.” And
-again: “We may--indeed, must--form theories as we go along; and they
-serve as guides for inquiry, or suggestions of things to inquire; but
-as yet we must hold them rather loosely, and for many years to come
-keep looking out for side-lights.”
-
-These were his last words on the philosophy of discovery: and they
-constituted his last advice to scientific inquirers. But, good as
-were his precepts, his example was better. There was no discrepancy
-between his work and his thought. Both combined to inculcate aloofness
-from prejudice, readiness of conviction in unequivocal circumstances,
-suspension of judgment in dubious ones, and in all, candour, sobriety,
-and an earnest seeking for truth.
-
-
-
-
-INDEX.
-
-
- Actinometer, J. Herschel’s, 152, 179, 180
-
- Adams, J. C., at Collingwood, 188
-
- Ages of heavenly bodies, 68, 94, 170
-
- Alexander, the Czar, 49
-
- Amici, of Modena, 148, 150
-
- Apertures, method of, 61, 63
-
- Apex, solar, 78, 80
-
- Archbishop of Canterbury, and George III., 38
-
- Argelander, 80, 106
-
- Asteroids, 46, 90–1, 95, 100
-
- Astrometer, J. Herschel’s, 177
-
- Astronomical Society, 49, 152, 188
-
- Aubert, Alexander, 16, 101, 124
-
-
- Babbage, companionship with J. Herschel, 143–4, 149, 152;
- astatic needle, 208
-
- Bailey, S. I., 169, 170
-
- Baily, Francis, 164, 185, 186, 187
-
- Barnard, diameters of asteroids, 91;
- nebulosities, 110–11;
- photographs of Milky Way, 174
-
- Bates, Joah, anecdote of W. Herschel, 12
-
- Bath, centre of fashion, 12;
- Herschel’s residences there, 17, 26, 47
-
- Beckedorff, Mrs., 126, 127, 160;
- Miss, 138
-
- Bessel, solar movement, 80;
- estimate of W. Herschel, 109;
- Halley’s comet, 177;
- at Collingwood, 187;
- memoir of, 216
-
- Biot, estimate of J. Herschel, 201
-
- Bonaparte, Lucien, 33, 44
-
- Bonaparte, Napoleon, Herschel’s interview with, 47
-
- Bradley, observation of Castor, 76
-
- Brougham, Lord, 53, 88, 90, 207
-
- Burney, Dr., notices of W. Herschel, 12, 44, 45–6;
- walk through forty-foot, 38;
- notices of Caroline and J. Herschel, 125, 142
-
- Burney, Miss, meetings with W. Herschel, 38–9;
- with Mrs. and Miss Herschel, 44, 124, 125, 127
-
- Burnham, double stars, 103;
- planetary nebulæ, 155
-
-
- Campbell, Thomas, admiration for W. Herschel, 47–8;
- notice of his son, 145
-
- Cavendish, anecdote of, 100
-
- Clay Hall, 36
-
- Climate, changes of, 82
-
- Comet, of October 1806, 48;
- of 1811, 94;
- Encke’s, 124, 175;
- of 1819, 128–9;
- Biela’s, 153;
- Halley’s, 175–6, 180, 211
-
- Comets, decay of, 94;
- Miss Herschel’s, 124, 125
-
- Common, Dr., five-foot reflector, 99
-
- Construction of the Heavens, 53, 60, 113–114, 214–15
-
-
- Dante and the “Divina Commedia,” 15
-
- Datchet, house at, 32, 36
-
- Dawes, sun-spot nuclei, 83
-
- De la Rue, photoheliograph, 210
-
- De Morgan, letter to Captain Smyth, 188–9;
- Herschel and the coinage, 191;
- friendship with, 197;
- dislike to hexameters, 217
-
- Dreyer, Catalogue of Nebulæ, 192
-
-
- Easton, Milky Way structure, 106
-
- Edgeworth, Miss, at Slough and Collingwood, 192–3
-
-
- Feldhausen, 163, 180, 181
-
- Flamsteed, British Catalogue, 80, 123, 126
-
-
- Galileo, double-star method of parallaxes, 55
-
- Gauss, 151, 201, 205
-
- George III., patronage of Herschel, 10, 24, 28–9, 30, 32, 33;
- taste for astronomy, 30, 47;
- walk through great telescope, 38
-
- Gill, Dr., Herschel’s micrometers, 103;
- photographic catalogue, 106;
- photographs of Argo nebula, 167;
- of Omega Centauri, 169
-
- Gordon, Lady, portrait of Sir J. Herschel, 202
-
- Gould, Dr., solar cluster, 107, 215
-
- Grahame, James, 149
-
- Gravitation, extension of to stellar systems, 77, 148
-
- Gregorian reflectors, 20, 29
-
- Griesbach, Mrs., 10, 116;
- her sons, 10, 28, 29
-
-
- Halley, list of nebulæ, 19;
- stellar motions, 77
-
- Hamilton, Sir W. R., communications with J. Herschel, 146, 152,
- 158, 173, 188;
- speech by, 182;
- at Collingwood, 193;
- quaternions, 194–5
-
- Haydn, visit to Slough, 44
-
- Heat-rays in solar spectrum, 95–6
-
- Herschel, Alexander, assisted his brother, 13, 21, 27, 120;
- accompanied him to Göttingen, 37;
- supported by him, 51;
- care for his sister, 118
-
- Herschel, Professor Alexander, meteoric researches, 201
-
- Herschel, Caroline, fetched to Bath, 15, 118;
- help in speculum making, 15, 20, 124;
- a singer, 21, 117, 119;
- remarks, 25, 27, 34, 49;
- letters from W. Herschel, 28, 29, 30, 129;
- household cares, 32, 118, 121;
- reminiscences, 35, 36, 37, 39, 48, 50, 68;
- annuity, 51, 131;
- birth and childhood, 115–16;
- education, 115, 118, 121;
- visits to London, 121, 127;
- discoveries of nebulæ, 122;
- of comets, 124–5, 139;
- her brother’s assistant, 122–3, 125;
- catalogues nebulæ, 123, 132;
- Index to Flamsteed’s observations, 126;
- royal attentions, 126, 127, 133, 135, 139;
- anxiety about her brother’s health, 128–9;
- return to Hanover, 130–1;
- Gold Medals bestowed on, 132, 138;
- joy in her nephew’s career, 134–5, 159;
- his visits, 135–36, 159;
- Recollections and Journals, 137, 138;
- death, 139;
- personality, 139–41;
- anecdotes of J. Herschel’s childhood, 142;
- his letters to her, 151, 152, 153, 162–3, 164, 175, 176, 187;
- her portrait, 196;
- her advice to him, 205
-
- Herschel, Dietrich, 20–1, 51, 127–8, 130, 131
-
- Herschel, Sir John, dismantling of great telescope, 43;
- catalogues of nebulæ, 132, 155, 191–2;
- visits to Hanover, 135–6, 151, 159–60, 184;
- nebular observations, 136, 153, 154–7, 165–7;
- Cape Expedition, 135, 159–2, 181–2;
- birth and childhood, 142;
- university career, 143–5;
- medals awarded to, 145, 148, 149, 157, 187, 201;
- work on double stars, 134, 146–48, 157;
- method for computing orbits, 148–9;
- general catalogue, 192;
- ascents of Monte Rosa and Etna, 149–50;
- explorations in Auvergne, 152;
- experiments on solar radiation, 151–2, 179;
- visit to Ireland, 152;
- cometary observations, 153, 175–6, 180, 189;
- telescopes, 153, 158, 164, 183;
- discovery of star in Orion-trapezium, 158;
- marriage, 159;
- Feldhausen, 163, 180–1;
- Cape climate, 164;
- Magellanic Clouds, 165–6;
- Argo nebula, 167;
- Eta Argûs, 168–9;
- globular clusters, 169–71, 213;
- star-gauging, 171–2;
- comets, 175–6;
- stellar photometry, 177;
- solar theory, 178–9, 211;
- Saturnian satellites, 180;
- magnetic work, 184, 189, 208;
- constellational reform, 185;
- removal to Collingwood, 186;
- Cape Results, 186–7, 211–12;
- President Astronomical Society, 188;
- Master of the Mint, 190–1;
- guests at Collingwood, 188, 193, 195;
- sonnet, 194;
- family life, 195–6;
- death, 197;
- powers and character, 198–201;
- books, 205–8;
- photographic experiments, 209–10;
- nature of nebulæ, 212–14;
- solar cluster, 215;
- poetical performances, 216–18;
- philosophy of discovery, 219
-
- Herschel, Colonel John, examination of nebular spectra, 201
-
- Herschel, Isaac, 9, 21, 115, 116
-
- Herschel, Jacob, 116, 117, 128
-
- Herschel, Lady, the elder, 44, 50, 152, 160
-
- Herschel, Lady, the younger, 159, 192, 194, 201
-
- Herschel, Sir William, birth, 9;
- musical career, 10–16, 21, 26, 121;
- telescope, making, 14–15, 17, 19, 20, 22;
- thirty-foot, 26–8,
- seven-foot, 28–9;
- for sale, 33;
- forty-foot, 34, 37, 38, 41–3, 49, 50, 100, 137, 210;
- twenty-foot, 35–6, 40, 50;
- front-view telescopes, 40, 41, 102, 153;
- space-penetrating power of, 61, 98;
- reviews of the heavens, 19, 20, 26, 35, 36, 42, 46;
- early papers, 22–3;
- discovery of Uranus, 24–5, 120;
- observations of double stars, 26, 49, 55–6, 75;
- interviews with the king, 28–30;
- royal astronomer, 30, 32–3;
- mode of observing, 30, 122;
- discovery of Uranian satellites, 40, 93, 153;
- of Saturnian satellites, 41, 43, 92;
- marriage, 44;
- aversion to poetry, 45–6;
- interview with Bonaparte, 47;
- observations of comets, 48, 94, 128–9;
- failure of health, 49–50, 128–9;
- death and character, 51;
- construction of the heavens, 53–4, 60, 114;
- star distances, 54–5, 57, 60–1, 64, 75;
- star-gauging, 57–8, 113;
- nature of the Milky Way, 57–9, 62–3;
- chasms in, 68;
- method of apertures, 61;
- catalogues of nebulæ, 64;
- varieties, 65;
- island universes, 66–7, 72;
- development, 67–8;
- nebulous fluid, 69–70;
- condensation into stars, 71–2, 109;
- nebular distribution, 73;
- discovery of binary stars, 76–7, 147;
- transport of the solar system, 77, 80, 108;
- stellar photometry, 80–2, 174–5;
- theory of the sun, 83–6, 211;
- sun spots and weather, 87–8;
- observations of Venus, 88;
- of Mars, 89;
- of the asteroids, 90;
- of Saturn, 91;
- law of satellite-rotation, 92;
- lunar volcanoes, 93;
- detection of infra-red heat-rays, 95–7;
- use of high powers, 101–2;
- micrometers, 103;
- photometric enumeration, 106;
- solar cluster, 107–8;
- diffused nebulosities, 110–11;
- a founder of sidereal astronomy, 112
-
- Herschel, Sir William J., 49, 136, 183, 201
-
- Huggins, Dr., spectra of nebulæ, 109, 214;
- of stars, 113
-
- Humboldt, 133, 138, 170, 184
-
- Huygens, improvement of telescopes, 17
-
-
- Jacob, southern Milky Way, 172
-
- Japetus, rotation of, 92
-
- Jupiter, trade wind theory of, 91;
- rotation of satellites, 93
-
-
- Kapteyn, solar cluster, 107
-
- Knipping, Mrs., 137, 138
-
-
- Lacaille, southern nebulæ, 19
-
- Langley, bolometer, 95;
- atmospheric absorption, 152, 179
-
- Laplace, 18, 47, 91, 201, 207
-
- Lassell, Uranian satellites, 93;
- reflectors, 99;
- observation of Mimas, 180
-
- Le Verrier, 187, 188
-
- Lexell, orbit of Uranus, 24
-
-
- Maclear, Sir Thomas, 162, 168, 176, 181
-
- Magellan, Von, accounts of William and Caroline Herschel, 40, 122
-
- Magellanic clouds, 165–6
-
- Magnitudes, stellar, 81, 104–5, 177
-
- Mars, analogy with the earth, 89
-
- Maskelyne, 25, 29, 76
-
- Mayer, Christian, satellite-stars, 75
-
- Mayer, Tobias, solar translation, 77, 78
-
- Michell, revolving stars, 75;
- solar group, 107
-
- Micrometer, lamp, 24, 103;
- wire, 56, 103
-
- Milky Way, rifts in, 50, 67–8, 173, 175, 215;
- structure, 57–59, 62, 173–4, 214–15;
- spectral peculiarity, 105;
- distance, 106, 173, 214;
- splendour in southern hemisphere, 172;
- photographic portrayal, 174–5
-
- Miller, Dr., 11, 12
-
- Mitchell, Miss, visit to Collingwood, 195–6
-
- Monck, stellar spectroscopic distribution, 107
-
- Moon, mountains of, 22, 23;
- volcanoes, 93–4.
-
-
- Nasmyth, opinion of J. Herschel, 196–7;
- solar willow leaves, 211
-
- Nebula, Orion, 15, 43, 65, 70, 71, 110, 111, 153, 167, 214;
- Dumb-bell, 157;
- Argo, 167;
- Andromeda, 214
-
- Nebulæ, catalogues, 19, 64, 123, 132, 191–2;
- discoveries, 35, 64, 122, 165;
- nature, 66, 212–4;
- development, 67, 69, 109–10;
- distribution, 73, 214
-
- Nebulæ, annular, 65, 157, 165
-
- Nebulæ, double, 72, 156
-
- Nebulæ, planetary, 65, 67, 71;
- spectrum, 109;
- satellites to, 155;
- colour, 165
-
- Nebulæ, rifted, 157
-
- Nebular theory, 71–2, 109
-
- Newton, law of gravitation, 17, 77;
- reflectors, 20, 23;
- mode of investigation, 23, 206
-
-
- Olbers, origin of asteroids, 90;
- comet of 1819, 129;
- light extinction, 174;
- visit from J. Herschel, 184
-
- Orange, Prince of, enquiries at Slough, 39
-
-
- Papendick, Mrs., remarks on William and Caroline Herschel, 39, 44, 125
-
- Peacock, Dean, 143, 194, 203
-
- Photography, of stellar spectra, 104, 107;
- of nebulæ, 110–11, 113, 166–7;
- star charting by, 113, 172, 199;
- of clusters, 169–70, 171;
- of solar spectrum, 209;
- of sun-spots, 210
-
- Photometric enumeration, 60, 106, 107, 114;
- catalogues, 80
-
- Photometry, stellar, 81, 104, 177;
- photographic, 105
-
- Piazzi, visit to Slough, 39, 150
-
- Pickering, E. C. and W. H., photographs of Orion nebula, 111
-
- Pouillet, solar radiation, 179
-
- Pritchard, Dr., 143, 192, 201, 204
-
- Proctor, star-drift, 108;
- estimate of Sir J. Herschel, 199, 200;
- correspondence with, 218
-
-
- Ranyard, A. C., changes in nebulæ, 168;
- clusters, 213
-
- Roberts, Dr., photographs of nebulæ, 157, 165
-
- Rosse reflector, 99, 212
-
- Russell, H. C., photographs of Magellanic clouds, 166;
- of Argo nebula, 167;
- of Milky Way, 175
-
-
- Saturn, artificial, 30;
- satellites, 41, 43, 91, 92, 180;
- rings, 91–2
-
- Savary, stellar orbits, 148, 149
-
- Schröter, 34, 84, 88–9
-
- Secchi, 113, 211
-
- See, Dr., double nebulæ, 156
-
- Sirius, brilliancy, 42, 168;
- standard star, 58, 61, 63, 80
-
- Slough, W. Herschel’s residence at, 36, 44;
- birthplace of J. Herschel, 142
-
- Sniadecki, stay at Slough, 39
-
- Solar cluster, 107, 215
-
- Solar radiation, 151–2, 179
-
- Somerville, Mrs., 132
-
- South, Sir James, 146, 147, 149
-
- Spectrum analysis, 84, 204, 209
-
- Spencer, unity of sidereal system, 166
-
- Stanley, Dean, on J. Herschel, 199
-
- Star-clusters, 49, 59, 63, 67, 72, 169–71, 213
-
- Star-gauging, 57–8, 113, 171–2
-
- Stars, binary, 72, 156;
- discovery, 76–7, 147;
- orbits, 147–9
-
- Stars, double, observations of, 55–6, 103, 146–8, 157;
- colours, 56, 112, 156;
- nebular relations, 155
-
- Stars, distribution of, 58–9, 60, 73, 81, 106, 171–2
-
- Stars, movements of, 77, 107–8
-
- Stars, nebulous, 69, 70, 71
-
- Stars, spectra of, 83, 105
-
- Stars, spectroscopic binary, 104
-
- Stars, temporary, 66–7
-
- Stars, variable, 23, 81–2, 168–9
-
- Stokes, Sir G., fluorescence, 210
-
- Stone, Herschel’s assistant, 180
-
- Struve, W., 148, 158, 188
-
- Sun, translation, 77–80, 108;
- vicissitudes, 82, 87, 88;
- constitution, 83–6, 178–9, 211
-
- Sussex, Duke of, 158
-
-
- Telescopes, Improvement of, 17, 19, 20, 24–6, 33, 36, 98–100
-
-
- Uranus, discovery of, 24–5, 26, 120;
- satellites, 40, 93, 153
-
-
- Watson, Sir W., 16, 22, 27, 30, 47, 124
-
- Watt, James, 47
-
- Whewell, Dr., unity of sidereal system, 76, 166;
- friendship with J. Herschel, 145, 163, 191, 200;
- tidal data, 181;
- articles in Quarterly Review, 186, 205–6;
- Geological Society, 189;
- on optical enquiries, 203–4;
- hexameters, 217
-
- Wolf, Dr. Max, photographs of nebulæ, 111;
- of Milky Way, 175
-
- Wollaston, 145, 177
-
- Worlds, inhabited, 85, 86, 89, 147.
-
-
-PRINTED BY CASSELL & COMPANY, LIMITED, LA BELLE SAUVAGE PRINTING WORKS,
-LONDON, E.C.
-
-
-
-
-Transcriber’s Notes
-
-
-Punctuation, hyphenation, and spelling were made consistent when a
-predominant preference was found in the original book; otherwise they
-were not changed.
-
-Simple typographical errors were corrected; unbalanced quotation
-marks were remedied when the change was obvious, and otherwise left
-unbalanced.
-
-Illustrations in this eBook have been positioned between paragraphs
-and outside quotations. In versions of this eBook that support
-hyperlinks, the page references in the List of Illustrations lead to
-the corresponding illustrations.
-
-The index was not checked for proper alphabetization or correct page
-references.
-
-*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HERSCHELS AND MODERN
-ASTRONOMY ***
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
-United States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
- you are located before using this eBook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that:
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
-widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.